Pacify GCC when configuring with --enable-gcc-warnings.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobba30d11848e3664625f3656015ce21f83df8ef7d
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21220 61111
69 ;;;;;; 156047 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21187 63826
89 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21187 63826
100 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21187 63826 213216
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21190 39993
242 ;;;;;; 744837 0))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
304 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
306 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
307 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
308 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
309 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
310 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
311 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
312 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
313 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
314 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
315 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
316 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
317 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
318 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
319 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
320 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
321 definition will always be cached for later usage.
323 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
325 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
326 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
327 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
329 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
330 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 BODY...)
333 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
334 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
335 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
336 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
337 see also `ad-add-advice'.
338 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
339 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
340 before/around/after-advices will be used.
341 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
342 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
343 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
344 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
345 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
346 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
348 Semantics of the various flags:
349 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
350 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
351 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
353 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
354 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
356 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
357 advised function should be compiled.
359 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
360 during activation until somebody enables it.
362 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
363 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
364 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
365 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
367 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
368 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
369 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
370 BODY...)
372 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
374 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
376 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
378 ;;;***
380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
381 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
383 (autoload 'align "align" "\
384 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
385 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
386 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
387 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
388 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
389 rule's `separate' attribute).
391 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
392 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
393 `separate' attribute set.
395 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
396 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
397 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
398 on the format of these lists.
400 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
402 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
403 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
404 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
405 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
407 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
408 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
410 Fred (123) 456-7890
411 Alice (123) 456-7890
412 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
413 Joe (123) 456-7890
415 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
416 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
417 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
419 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
420 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
421 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
422 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
423 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
425 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
426 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
427 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
428 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
429 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
430 throughout the line.
432 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
434 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
435 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
437 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
438 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
440 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
442 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
443 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
444 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
445 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
446 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
447 align that section.
449 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
451 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
452 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
453 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
454 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
455 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
456 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
457 been used to align that section.
459 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
461 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
462 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
463 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
464 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
465 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
466 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
467 to be colored.
469 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
471 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
472 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
474 \(fn)" t nil)
476 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
477 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
479 \(fn)" t nil)
481 ;;;***
483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
484 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
485 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
487 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
488 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
490 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
492 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
494 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
495 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
497 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
498 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
500 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
501 `allout-auto-activation'.
503 \(fn)" nil nil)
505 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
506 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
508 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
509 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
510 file variable `allout-layout'.
512 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
513 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
514 specified layout is applied.
516 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
517 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
519 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
520 Auto-layout is not.
522 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
524 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
526 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
530 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
532 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
538 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
540 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
542 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
544 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
546 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
548 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
550 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
552 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
554 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
556 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
558 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
559 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
561 \(fn)" nil t)
563 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
564 Toggle Allout outline mode.
565 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
566 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
567 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
569 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
570 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
571 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
572 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
573 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
574 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
575 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 outline.)
578 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
580 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
581 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
582 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
583 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
584 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
585 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
586 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
587 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
589 and many other features.
591 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
592 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
593 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
594 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
595 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
597 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
598 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
599 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
600 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
601 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
602 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
603 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
604 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
605 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
606 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
608 Exposure Control:
609 ----------------
610 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
611 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
612 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
613 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
614 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
616 Navigation:
617 ----------
618 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
620 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
621 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
623 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
625 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
626 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
627 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
630 Topic Header Production:
631 -----------------------
632 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
634 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
636 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
637 ---------------------------------
638 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
639 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
640 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
641 current topic
642 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
643 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
644 are alternated according to nesting depth.
645 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
646 the offspring are not affected.
647 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
649 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
650 ----------------------------------
651 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
653 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
654 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
655 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
656 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
657 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
658 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
660 Topic-oriented Encryption:
661 -------------------------
662 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
663 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
665 Misc commands:
666 -------------
667 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
668 and establish a default file-var setting
669 for `allout-layout'.
670 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
671 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
673 buffer with name derived from derived from that
674 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
675 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
676 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
677 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
678 format.
679 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
680 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
681 auto-activation.
683 Topic Encryption
685 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
686 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
687 pending encryption on save.
689 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
690 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
691 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
692 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
693 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
695 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
696 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
697 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
698 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
699 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
700 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
701 signal.
703 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
704 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
705 for details.
707 HOT-SPOT Operation
709 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
710 navigation and exposure control.
712 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
713 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
714 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
715 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
716 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
718 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
719 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
720 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
721 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
722 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
724 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
725 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
726 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
727 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
728 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
729 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
730 at the beginning of the current entry.
732 Extending Allout
734 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
735 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
736 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
738 `allout-mode-hook'
739 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
740 `allout-mode-off-hook'
741 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
742 `allout-structure-added-functions'
743 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
744 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
745 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
746 `allout-post-undo-hook'
748 Terminology
750 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
752 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
753 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
754 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
755 CURRENT ITEM:
756 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
757 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
758 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
759 called the:
760 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
762 ANCESTORS:
763 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
764 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
765 of the ITEM.
766 OFFSPRING:
767 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
768 SUBTOPIC:
769 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
770 CHILD:
771 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
772 SIBLINGS:
773 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
775 Topic text constituents:
777 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
778 text.
779 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
780 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
781 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
782 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
783 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
784 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
785 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
786 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
787 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
788 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
789 the PREFIX.
791 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
792 of the ITEM.
793 PREFIX-LEAD:
794 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
795 It can be customized by changing the setting of
796 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
798 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
799 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
800 program code without interfering with processing of the text
801 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
802 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
803 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
804 docstring for more detail.
805 PREFIX-PADDING:
806 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
807 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
808 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
809 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
810 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
811 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
812 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
813 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
814 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
815 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
816 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
817 more details.
818 EXPOSURE:
819 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
820 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
821 CONCEALED:
822 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
823 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
825 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
826 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
827 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
831 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
833 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
834 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
836 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
837 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
841 ;;;***
843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21187
844 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
845 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
846 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
848 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
849 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
851 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
853 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
855 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
856 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
858 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
859 visiting an outline.
861 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
862 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
864 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
865 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
866 you want allout widgets operation.
868 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
870 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
872 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
874 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
875 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
877 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
878 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
880 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
881 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
882 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
884 The graphics include:
886 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
888 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
889 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
891 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
892 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
894 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
895 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
896 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
900 ;;;***
902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21204 37210 187838
903 ;;;;;; 0))
904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
906 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
908 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
909 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
910 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
911 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
912 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
913 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
915 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
917 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
920 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
922 ;;;***
924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21187 63826 213216
925 ;;;;;; 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
928 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
929 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
930 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
931 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
932 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
933 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
934 in the current window.
936 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
938 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
939 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
940 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
941 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
942 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
943 buffer if one does not exist.
945 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
947 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
948 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
949 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
950 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
951 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
953 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
955 ;;;***
957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21187 63826 213216
958 ;;;;;; 0))
959 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
960 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
962 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
963 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
965 \(fn)" t nil)
967 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
968 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
970 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
971 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
972 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
973 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
975 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
976 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
978 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
980 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
982 ;;;***
984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21208
985 ;;;;;; 39903 471297 312000))
986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
987 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
989 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
990 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
991 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
992 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
993 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
994 \\[yank].
996 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
997 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
998 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
999 the rules.
1001 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1002 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1003 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1004 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1006 \(fn)" t nil)
1008 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1009 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1011 \(fn)" t nil)
1013 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1014 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1015 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1017 \(fn)" nil nil)
1019 ;;;***
1021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21187 63826 213216
1022 ;;;;;; 0))
1023 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1025 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1026 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1027 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1028 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1029 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1030 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1032 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1034 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1035 Toggle checking of appointments.
1036 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1037 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1041 ;;;***
1043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21195 23530 495420
1044 ;;;;;; 0))
1045 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1047 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1048 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1049 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1050 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1052 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1053 kind of objects to search.
1055 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1057 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1058 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1059 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1060 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1061 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1062 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1064 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1065 variables, not just user options.
1067 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1069 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1070 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1071 When DO-NOT-ALL is not-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1072 like `apropos-user-option'.
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1076 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1078 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1079 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1080 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1081 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1082 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1083 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1085 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1086 noninteractive functions.
1088 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1089 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1091 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1092 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1094 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1096 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1097 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1099 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1101 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1102 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1103 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1104 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1106 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1107 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1108 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1109 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1111 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1112 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1114 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1116 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1118 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1119 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1120 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1121 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1122 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1124 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1126 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1127 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1128 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1129 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1130 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1131 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1133 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1134 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1135 names and values of properties.
1137 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1139 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1141 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1142 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1143 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1144 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1145 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1146 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1148 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1149 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1150 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1151 documentation strings.
1153 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1155 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1157 ;;;***
1159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21207 49087 974317
1160 ;;;;;; 0))
1161 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1163 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1164 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1165 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1166 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1167 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1168 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1170 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1171 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1172 archive.
1174 \\{archive-mode-map}
1176 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1178 ;;;***
1180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
1181 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1183 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1184 Major mode for editing arrays.
1186 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1187 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1188 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1190 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1192 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1193 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1194 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1196 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1197 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1198 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1199 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1200 The variables are:
1202 Variables you assign:
1203 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1204 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1205 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1206 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1207 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1208 row numbers in the buffer.
1210 Variables which are calculated:
1211 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1212 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1214 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1215 take a numeric prefix argument):
1217 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1218 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1219 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1220 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1222 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1223 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1224 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1225 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1227 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1232 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1233 between that of point and mark.
1235 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1236 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1238 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1239 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1240 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1241 newlines inside rows)
1243 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1245 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1247 \(fn)" t nil)
1249 ;;;***
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21187 63826
1252 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1254 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1256 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1257 Toggle Artist mode.
1258 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1259 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1260 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1262 How to quit Artist mode
1264 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1267 How to submit a bug report
1269 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1272 Drawing with the mouse:
1274 mouse-2
1275 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1276 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1277 below).
1279 mouse-1
1280 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1281 or pastes:
1283 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1286 to new point
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1303 lines
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Paste Paste Paste
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1315 or diagonally.
1317 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1318 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1319 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1320 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1321 poly-lines.
1323 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1324 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1325 overwrite means the opposite.
1327 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1328 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1329 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1331 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1333 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1334 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1336 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1337 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1338 are currently drawing something.
1340 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1341 some time to fill.
1344 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1345 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1348 Settings
1350 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1352 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1354 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1356 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1358 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1359 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1361 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1364 Drawing with keys
1366 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1367 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1368 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1369 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1370 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1371 When pasting: Pastes
1373 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1375 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1377 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1378 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1379 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1380 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1381 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1382 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1385 Arrows
1387 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1388 of the line/poly-line
1390 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1391 of the line/poly-line
1394 Selecting operation
1396 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1398 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1402 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1405 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1406 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1415 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1417 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1420 Variables
1422 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1423 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1425 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1426 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1427 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1428 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1429 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1430 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1431 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1432 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1433 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1434 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1435 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1436 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1438 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1439 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1440 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1441 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1442 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1443 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1445 Hooks
1447 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1450 Keymap summary
1452 \\{artist-mode-map}
1454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1456 ;;;***
1458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21187 63826
1459 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1462 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1463 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1464 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1466 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1471 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1472 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1474 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1475 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1477 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1479 Special commands:
1480 \\{asm-mode-map}
1482 \(fn)" t nil)
1484 ;;;***
1486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21187
1487 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1490 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1491 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1492 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1493 let-binding.")
1495 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1497 ;;;***
1499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21187 63826 213216
1500 ;;;;;; 0))
1501 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1503 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1505 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1507 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1509 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1510 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1512 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1513 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1515 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1516 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1517 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1518 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1519 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1520 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1521 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1522 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1524 For example:
1525 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1526 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1527 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1528 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1529 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1531 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1535 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1536 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1537 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1540 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1542 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1544 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1545 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1546 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1547 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1548 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1550 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1551 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1552 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1554 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1558 ;;;***
1560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21187 63826
1561 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1564 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1565 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1567 \(fn)" t nil)
1569 ;;;***
1571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21187 63826 213216
1572 ;;;;;; 0))
1573 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1575 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1576 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1577 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 \(fn)" t nil)
1581 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1582 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1583 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1584 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1586 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1588 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1589 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1590 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1591 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1592 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1593 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1595 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1597 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1598 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1599 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1600 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1601 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1603 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1604 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1608 ;;;***
1610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21187
1611 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1614 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1616 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1618 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1619 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1620 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1622 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1623 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1624 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1625 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1626 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1628 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1630 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1632 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1633 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1634 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1635 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1636 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1638 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1639 directory or directories specified.
1641 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1642 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1643 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1644 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1645 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1646 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1648 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1650 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1651 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1652 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1653 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1654 should be non-nil).
1656 \(fn)" nil nil)
1658 ;;;***
1660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21187 63826 213216
1661 ;;;;;; 0))
1662 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1664 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1665 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1667 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1668 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1670 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1671 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1672 disk changes.
1674 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1675 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1676 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1680 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1681 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1683 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1684 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1686 \(fn)" nil nil)
1688 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1689 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1690 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1691 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1692 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1694 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1695 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1696 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1697 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1698 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1700 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1701 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1702 writing before you save the file!
1704 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1708 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1709 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1711 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1712 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1714 \(fn)" nil nil)
1716 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1717 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1718 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1720 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1721 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1723 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1725 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1726 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1727 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1728 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1729 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1731 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1732 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1733 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1735 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1736 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1737 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1738 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1739 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1741 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1742 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1743 specifies in the mode line.
1745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1747 ;;;***
1749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
1750 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1752 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1753 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1754 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1756 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1758 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1760 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1761 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1762 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1763 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1765 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1766 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1767 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1769 Effects of the different modes:
1770 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1771 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1772 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1773 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1774 a random distance & direction.
1775 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1776 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1777 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1779 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1781 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1782 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1783 definition of \"random distance\".)
1785 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1787 ;;;***
1789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21187 63826
1790 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1793 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1795 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1796 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1798 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1799 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1800 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1802 \\{bat-mode-map}
1804 \(fn)" t nil)
1806 ;;;***
1808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21187 63826 213216
1809 ;;;;;; 0))
1810 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1811 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1813 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1814 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1815 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1816 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1818 \(fn)" t nil)
1820 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1821 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1822 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1825 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1827 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1829 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1830 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1832 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1833 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1835 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1836 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1837 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1838 seconds.
1840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1842 ;;;***
1844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21187
1845 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1848 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1849 Time execution of FORMS.
1850 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1851 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1852 FORMS once.
1853 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1854 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1855 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1857 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1859 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1861 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1862 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1863 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1864 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1865 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1867 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1869 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1871 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1872 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1873 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1874 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1875 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1877 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1879 ;;;***
1881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21187 63826
1882 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1883 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1885 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1886 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1887 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1888 of corresponding buffers.
1889 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1890 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1891 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1892 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1893 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1895 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1896 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1897 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1899 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1901 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1902 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1904 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1906 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1907 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1908 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1909 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1911 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1912 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1913 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1914 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1915 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1917 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1918 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1921 Special information:
1923 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1925 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1926 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1927 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1928 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1929 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1930 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1931 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1932 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1933 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1934 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1935 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1937 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1938 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1939 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1940 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1941 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1942 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1943 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1944 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1946 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1948 ----------------------------------------------------------
1949 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1950 if that value is non-nil.
1952 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1954 \(fn)" t nil)
1956 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1957 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1958 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1959 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1960 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1961 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1962 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1963 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1964 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1965 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1966 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1967 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1969 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1971 ;;;***
1973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1974 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
1975 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1977 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1978 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1980 \(fn)" t nil)
1982 ;;;***
1984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21187 63826 213216
1985 ;;;;;; 0))
1986 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1988 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1989 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1991 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1992 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1993 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1995 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2002 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2003 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2007 ;;;***
2009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21187 63826
2010 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2011 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2013 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2014 Play blackbox.
2015 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2017 What is blackbox?
2019 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2020 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2021 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2022 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2023 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2024 your score.
2026 Overview of play:
2028 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2029 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2030 four.
2032 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2033 movement keys.
2035 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2036 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2038 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2039 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2041 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2042 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2043 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2044 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2045 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2046 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2048 Details:
2050 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2052 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2053 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2054 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2055 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2057 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2058 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2059 denoted by the letter `R'.
2061 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2062 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2063 denoted by the letter `H'.
2065 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2066 example.
2068 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2069 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2070 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2071 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2072 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2073 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2074 ray.
2076 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2077 degree deflection it causes.
2080 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2081 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2083 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2090 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2091 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2103 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2104 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2105 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2106 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2107 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2108 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2109 emerging from the box.
2111 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2118 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2120 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2122 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2123 a reflection.
2125 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2127 ;;;***
2129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21187 63826 213216
2130 ;;;;;; 0))
2131 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2132 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2133 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2134 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2136 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2137 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2138 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2139 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2140 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2141 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2142 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2144 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2145 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2146 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2148 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2149 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2150 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2151 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2152 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2153 recent one.
2155 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2156 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2157 yank successive words.
2159 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2160 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2161 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2162 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2163 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2165 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2166 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2167 the list of bookmarks.)
2169 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2171 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2172 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2173 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2174 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2175 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2176 this.
2178 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2179 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2180 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2181 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2183 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2184 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2186 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2187 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2188 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2193 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2195 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2197 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2198 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2200 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2201 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2202 after a bookmark was set in it.
2204 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2206 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2207 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2209 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2210 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2212 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2214 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2216 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2217 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2218 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2219 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2221 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2222 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2223 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2225 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2226 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2227 name.
2229 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2231 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2232 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2233 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2235 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2236 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2237 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2238 this.
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2243 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2245 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2246 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2247 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2248 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2249 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2250 probably because we were called from there.
2252 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2254 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2255 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2256 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2258 \(fn)" t nil)
2260 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2261 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2262 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2263 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2264 \(second argument).
2266 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2267 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2268 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2269 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2270 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2272 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2273 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2274 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2275 `bookmark-default-file'.
2277 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2279 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2280 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2281 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2282 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2283 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2284 while loading.
2286 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2287 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2288 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2289 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2290 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2291 explicitly.
2293 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2294 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2295 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2296 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2298 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2300 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2301 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2302 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2303 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2304 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2306 \(fn)" t nil)
2308 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2310 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2312 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2313 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2315 \(fn)" t nil)
2317 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2319 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2321 ;;;***
2323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21187 63826
2324 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2325 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2327 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2328 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2329 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2330 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2332 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2333 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2334 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2335 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2336 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2338 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2340 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2341 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2342 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2343 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2344 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2345 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2347 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2349 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2351 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2352 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2353 narrowed.
2355 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2357 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2358 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2360 \(fn)" t nil)
2362 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2365 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2367 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2368 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2369 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2370 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2371 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2372 first, if that exists.
2374 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2378 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2379 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2383 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2384 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2385 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2386 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2387 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2388 to use.
2390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2393 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2394 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2395 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2397 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2402 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2404 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2405 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2406 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2407 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2410 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2411 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2413 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2414 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2416 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2418 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2419 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2420 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2421 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2423 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2424 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2425 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2426 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2428 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2429 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2430 new tab in an existing window instead.
2432 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2433 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2437 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2438 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2439 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2440 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2441 Firefox.
2443 When called interactively, if variable
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2445 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2446 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2447 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2450 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2451 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2453 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2454 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2456 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2457 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2458 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2459 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2460 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2461 URL in a new window.
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2468 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2469 Chromium.
2471 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2473 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2474 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2475 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2476 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2478 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2479 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2480 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2481 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2483 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2484 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2485 new tab in an existing window instead.
2487 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2488 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2490 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2493 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2495 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2497 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2498 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2499 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2500 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2502 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2503 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2504 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2505 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2508 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2510 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2513 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2515 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2516 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2517 program is invoked according to the variable
2518 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2520 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2521 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2522 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2523 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2525 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2526 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2528 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2530 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2531 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2532 Default to the URL around or before point.
2534 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2535 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2536 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2538 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2539 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2540 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2541 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2544 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2550 Default to the URL around or before point.
2552 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2553 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2554 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2556 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2557 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2559 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2561 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2562 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2563 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2564 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2568 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2569 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2570 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2571 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2572 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2573 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2577 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2578 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2579 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2580 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2581 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2583 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2584 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2585 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2586 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2588 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2589 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2591 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2593 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2594 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2595 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2596 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2597 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2598 current one.
2600 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2601 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2602 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2603 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2605 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2606 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2608 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2610 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2611 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2612 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2613 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2614 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2615 don't offer a form of remote control.
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2619 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2620 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2621 Default to the URL around or before point.
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2625 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2626 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2627 Default to the URL around the point.
2629 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2630 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2632 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2633 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2635 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2637 ;;;***
2639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
2640 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2641 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2643 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2644 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2645 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2646 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2648 \(fn)" t nil)
2650 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2651 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2652 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2653 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2655 \(fn)" t nil)
2657 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2658 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2660 \(fn)" t nil)
2662 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2663 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2664 \\<bs-mode-map>
2665 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2666 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2667 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2668 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2670 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2671 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2672 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2673 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2674 name of buffer configuration.
2676 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2678 ;;;***
2680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21202 31159 541460
2681 ;;;;;; 0))
2682 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2684 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2685 Play Bubbles game.
2686 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2687 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2688 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2689 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2690 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2691 columns on its right towards the left.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2694 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2695 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2696 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2698 \(fn)" t nil)
2700 ;;;***
2702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2703 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
2704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2706 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2708 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2709 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2711 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2712 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2716 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2717 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2721 ;;;***
2723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21218
2724 ;;;;;; 19382 890650 0))
2725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2730 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2735 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2736 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2737 else the global value will be modified.
2739 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2741 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2742 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2743 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2744 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2745 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2746 else the global value will be modified.
2748 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2750 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2752 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2754 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2756 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2757 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2758 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2759 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2761 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2762 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2763 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2764 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2765 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2766 before scanning it.
2768 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2769 that already has a `.elc' file.
2771 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2772 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2774 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2775 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2776 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2777 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2778 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2779 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2781 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2783 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2784 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2785 Print the result in the echo area.
2786 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2790 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2791 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2792 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2794 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2796 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2797 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2798 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2799 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2800 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2801 all functions called by those functions.
2803 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2804 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2805 cons, etc.).
2807 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2808 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2809 invoked interactively.
2811 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2813 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2814 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2815 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2816 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2818 \(fn)" nil nil)
2820 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2821 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2822 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2823 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2824 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2825 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2826 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2827 already up-to-date.
2829 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2831 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2832 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2833 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2834 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2836 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2837 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2838 and corresponding effects.
2840 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2842 ;;;***
2844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21187
2845 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
2846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2848 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2850 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2852 ;;;***
2854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21187 63826
2855 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2858 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2862 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2864 ;;;***
2866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21187
2867 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2870 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2871 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2872 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2873 from the cursor position.
2875 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2877 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2879 ;;;***
2881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
2882 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2883 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2885 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2886 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2890 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2891 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2893 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2895 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2896 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2898 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2900 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2901 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2903 \(fn)" t nil)
2905 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2906 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2907 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2908 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2910 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2912 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2913 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2914 This is most useful in the X window system.
2915 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2916 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2920 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2921 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2922 See calc-keypad for details.
2924 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2926 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2927 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2929 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2931 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2932 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2934 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2936 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2937 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2939 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2941 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2942 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2943 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2945 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2947 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2948 Define Calc function.
2950 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2951 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2952 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2954 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2955 actual Lisp function name.
2957 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2959 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2961 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2963 ;;;***
2965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21187 63826
2966 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2969 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2972 \(fn N)" t nil)
2974 ;;;***
2976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21187 63826 213216
2977 ;;;;;; 0))
2978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2980 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2981 Run the Emacs calculator.
2982 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2984 \(fn)" t nil)
2986 ;;;***
2988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21187 63826
2989 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2990 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2992 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2993 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2994 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2995 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2996 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2997 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2999 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3000 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3001 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3002 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3003 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3004 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3005 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3006 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3007 window.
3009 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3010 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3012 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3013 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3014 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3015 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3016 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3017 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3019 Runs the following hooks:
3021 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3022 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3023 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3024 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3026 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3030 ;;;***
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21187 63826 213216
3033 ;;;;;; 0))
3034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3036 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3037 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3039 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3041 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3042 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3043 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3044 it fails.
3046 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3048 ;;;***
3050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21187
3051 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3054 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3055 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3056 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3057 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3058 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3060 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3061 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3062 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3063 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3064 restriction to ASCII.
3066 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3068 capitalizedWorDD
3069 ^ ^ ^^
3071 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3072 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3073 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3075 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3076 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3077 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3078 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3079 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3080 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3081 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3083 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3084 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3088 ;;;***
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21187
3091 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3093 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3095 ;;;***
3097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21213
3098 ;;;;;; 1461 513511 0))
3099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3101 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3102 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3104 \(fn)" nil nil)
3106 ;;;***
3108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21187 63826
3109 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3112 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3113 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3115 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3116 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3118 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3119 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3121 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3123 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3124 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3125 made from scratch.
3127 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3129 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3130 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3132 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3133 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3134 made from scratch.
3136 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3138 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3154 made from scratch.
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3161 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 made from scratch.
3167 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3172 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3173 variables are guessed:
3175 * `c-basic-offset', and
3176 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3177 `c-offsets-alist'.
3179 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3180 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3182 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3183 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3185 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3186 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3187 guess is made from scratch.
3189 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3190 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3192 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3194 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3195 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3196 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3197 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3199 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3200 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3201 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3203 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3205 ;;;***
3207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21227 3180
3208 ;;;;;; 84924 320000))
3209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3211 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3212 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3213 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3214 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3215 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3216 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3217 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3219 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3222 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3223 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3224 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3225 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3226 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3227 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3229 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3230 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3231 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3232 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3233 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3234 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3236 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3238 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3239 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3241 Key bindings:
3242 \\{c-mode-map}
3244 \(fn)" t nil)
3246 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3247 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3248 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3249 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3250 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3251 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3252 message.
3254 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3256 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3257 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3259 Key bindings:
3260 \\{c++-mode-map}
3262 \(fn)" t nil)
3263 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3265 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3266 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3267 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3268 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3269 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3270 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3271 message.
3273 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3275 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3276 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3278 Key bindings:
3279 \\{objc-mode-map}
3281 \(fn)" t nil)
3282 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3284 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3285 Major mode for editing Java code.
3286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3287 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3288 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3290 message.
3292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3294 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3295 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3297 Key bindings:
3298 \\{java-mode-map}
3300 \(fn)" t nil)
3301 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3303 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3304 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3305 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3306 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3307 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3308 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3309 message.
3311 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3313 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3314 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3316 Key bindings:
3317 \\{idl-mode-map}
3319 \(fn)" t nil)
3320 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3321 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3323 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3324 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3325 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3326 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3327 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3328 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3329 message.
3331 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3333 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3334 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3336 Key bindings:
3337 \\{pike-mode-map}
3339 \(fn)" t nil)
3340 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3341 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3342 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3343 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3344 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3346 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3347 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3348 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3349 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3350 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3351 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3353 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3355 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3356 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3358 Key bindings:
3359 \\{awk-mode-map}
3361 \(fn)" t nil)
3363 ;;;***
3365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21187
3366 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3369 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3370 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3371 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3372 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3374 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3376 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3377 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3378 might get set too.
3380 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3381 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3382 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3383 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3384 in this way.
3386 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3387 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3388 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3389 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3390 a null operation.
3392 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3394 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3395 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3396 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3397 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3399 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3401 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3402 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3403 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3405 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3407 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3408 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3409 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3410 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3411 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3413 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3415 ;;;***
3417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21187 63826
3418 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3420 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3421 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3422 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3424 ;;;***
3426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21187 63826 213216
3427 ;;;;;; 0))
3428 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3430 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3431 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3433 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3435 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3436 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3438 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3440 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3441 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3443 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3444 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3445 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3446 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3447 execution.
3449 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3451 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3453 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3454 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3456 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3457 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3458 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3459 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3461 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3462 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3463 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3464 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3465 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3466 `write' commands.
3468 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3469 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3470 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3471 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3473 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3474 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3475 semantics.
3477 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3479 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3481 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3483 STATEMENT :=
3484 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3485 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3487 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3488 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3489 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3490 | integer
3492 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3494 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3495 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3496 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3498 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3499 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3500 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3502 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3503 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3505 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3506 BREAK := (break)
3508 REPEAT :=
3509 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3510 (repeat)
3511 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3512 ;; (repeat))
3513 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3514 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3515 ;; (read REG)
3516 ;; (repeat))
3517 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3518 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3519 ;; (read REG)
3520 ;; (repeat))
3521 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3523 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3524 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3525 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3526 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3527 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3528 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3529 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3530 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3531 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3532 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3533 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3534 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3535 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3536 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3537 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3538 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3540 WRITE :=
3541 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3542 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3543 ;; representation.
3544 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3545 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3546 ;; (write r7))
3547 | (write EXPRESSION)
3548 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3549 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3550 ;; representation.
3551 | (write integer)
3552 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3553 ;; buffer.
3554 | (write string)
3555 ;; Same as: (write string)
3556 | string
3557 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3558 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3559 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3560 ;; representation.
3561 | (write REG ARRAY)
3562 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3563 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3564 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3565 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3566 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3567 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3569 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3570 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3572 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3573 END := (end)
3575 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3576 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3577 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3579 ARG := REG | integer
3581 OPERATOR :=
3582 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3583 + | - | * | / | %
3585 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3586 | & | `|' | ^
3588 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3589 | << | >>
3591 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3592 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3593 | <8
3595 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3596 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3597 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3598 | >8
3600 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3601 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3602 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3603 | //
3605 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3606 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3608 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3609 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3610 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3611 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3612 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3613 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3614 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3615 | de-sjis
3617 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3618 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3619 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3620 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3621 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3622 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3623 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3624 ;; byte of SJIS.
3625 | en-sjis
3627 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3628 ;; Same meaning as C code
3629 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3631 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3632 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3633 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3634 | <8=
3636 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3637 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3638 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3640 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3641 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3642 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3643 | //=
3645 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3648 TRANSLATE :=
3649 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3650 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3651 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3652 LOOKUP :=
3653 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3654 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3655 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3656 MAP :=
3657 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3658 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3659 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3660 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3661 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3662 MAP-ID := integer
3664 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3666 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3668 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3669 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3670 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3671 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3672 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3673 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3675 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3677 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3678 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3679 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3681 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3683 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3685 ;;;***
3687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21187 63826
3688 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3691 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3692 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3693 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3694 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3696 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3698 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3700 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3701 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3703 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3705 ;;;***
3707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21187 63826 213216
3708 ;;;;;; 0))
3709 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3710 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3712 ;;;***
3714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21226 13501
3715 ;;;;;; 706948 0))
3716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3717 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3719 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3720 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3721 There are no special keybindings by default.
3723 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3724 to the action header.
3726 \(fn)" t nil)
3728 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3729 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3730 There are no special keybindings by default.
3732 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3733 to the action header.
3735 \(fn)" t nil)
3737 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3738 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3739 on the buffer contents
3741 \(fn)" nil nil)
3743 ;;;***
3745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21187 63826
3746 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3748 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3750 ;;;***
3752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3753 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3756 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3757 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3758 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3760 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3762 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3763 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3764 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3766 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3768 ;;;***
3770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21187
3771 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3773 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3776 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3777 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3778 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3779 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3780 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3781 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3783 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3786 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3788 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3791 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3792 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3793 the users will view as each check is completed.
3795 \(fn)" t nil)
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3798 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3799 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3800 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3801 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3802 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3803 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3804 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3806 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3808 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3809 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3810 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3811 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3812 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3813 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3814 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3815 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3817 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3819 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3820 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3821 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3822 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3823 spacing are all verified.
3825 \(fn)" t nil)
3827 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3828 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3829 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3830 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3831 otherwise stop after the first error.
3833 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3835 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3836 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3837 Only documentation strings are checked.
3838 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3839 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3840 a separate buffer.
3842 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3844 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3845 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3847 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3848 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3850 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3852 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3853 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3854 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3855 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3856 if there is one.
3858 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3860 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3861 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3862 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3863 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3864 if there is one.
3865 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3867 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3870 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3871 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3873 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3875 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3876 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3877 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3878 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3879 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3881 \(fn)" t nil)
3883 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3884 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3885 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3886 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3887 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3888 space at the end of each line.
3890 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3893 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3894 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3895 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3897 \(fn)" t nil)
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3901 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3904 \(fn)" t nil)
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3918 \(fn)" t nil)
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3925 \(fn)" t nil)
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3946 \(fn)" t nil)
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3956 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3958 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3959 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3961 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3962 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3963 checking of documentation strings.
3965 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3969 ;;;***
3971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21197
3972 ;;;;;; 43194 200483 0))
3973 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3975 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3976 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3977 Return the length of resulting text.
3979 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3981 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3982 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3984 \(fn)" t nil)
3986 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3987 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3988 Return the length of resulting text.
3990 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3992 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3993 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3995 \(fn)" t nil)
3997 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4000 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4002 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4005 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4007 ;;;***
4009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21187 63826 213216
4010 ;;;;;; 0))
4011 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4013 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4014 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4015 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4016 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4017 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4018 editing and the result is evaluated.
4020 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4022 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4023 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4024 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4025 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4026 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4028 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4030 \(fn)" t nil)
4032 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4033 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4034 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4035 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4036 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4038 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4039 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4040 \\{command-history-map}
4042 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4043 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4045 \(fn)" t nil)
4047 ;;;***
4049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21187
4050 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
4051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4053 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4054 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4055 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4056 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4057 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4058 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4059 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4060 of this function.
4062 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4063 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4064 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4065 property are:
4067 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4068 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4070 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4071 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4072 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4073 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4074 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4075 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4076 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4077 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4078 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4079 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4080 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4081 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4083 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4084 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4085 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4087 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4088 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4089 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4090 list elements are:
4092 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4094 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4096 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4098 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4099 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4101 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4102 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4104 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4105 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4106 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4107 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4108 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4109 value specified by their associated list element.
4111 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4113 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4114 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4115 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4117 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4118 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4119 * indent the first argument by 4.
4120 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4121 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4122 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4124 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4126 ;;;***
4128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21187 63826
4129 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4131 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4133 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4135 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4136 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4137 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4138 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4139 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4140 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4142 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4143 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4145 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4147 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4149 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4151 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4153 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4155 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4157 ;;;***
4159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21187 63826
4160 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4163 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4164 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4165 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4166 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4168 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4169 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4170 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4171 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4173 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4174 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4176 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4178 ;;;***
4180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21187 63826 213216
4181 ;;;;;; 0))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4184 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4185 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4186 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4187 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4188 of `scheme-program-name').
4189 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4190 it is given as initial input.
4191 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4192 discards input when it starts up.
4193 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4194 is run).
4195 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4197 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4199 ;;;***
4201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
4202 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4204 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4205 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4206 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4207 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4209 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4210 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4212 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4213 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4214 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4216 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4218 ;;;***
4220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21209 55410 356925 0))
4221 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4223 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4224 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4225 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4226 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4227 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4228 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4229 functions have already modified the buffer.
4231 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4233 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4234 either globally or locally.")
4236 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4237 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4238 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4239 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4241 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4242 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4243 `start-file-process'
4244 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4245 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4246 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4248 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4249 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4251 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4253 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4255 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4257 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4258 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4259 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4260 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4261 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4262 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4263 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4264 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4265 process as its initial input.
4267 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4269 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4271 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4273 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4274 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4275 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4276 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4277 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4278 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4280 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4282 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4283 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4284 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4285 directory tracking functions.")
4287 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4288 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4289 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4291 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4293 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4295 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4296 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4297 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4299 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4301 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4303 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4304 Send COMMAND to current process.
4305 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4306 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4308 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4310 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4311 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4312 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4313 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4315 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4317 ;;;***
4319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21187 63826
4320 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4321 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4323 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4324 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4325 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4326 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4328 This command pushes the mark in each window
4329 at the prior location of point in that window.
4330 If both windows display the same buffer,
4331 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4332 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4334 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4335 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4336 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4337 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4338 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4339 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4340 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4341 ignored.
4343 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4344 this command work in interlaced mode:
4345 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4346 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4347 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4349 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4351 ;;;***
4353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21187 63826
4354 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4357 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4358 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4360 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4362 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4363 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4364 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4366 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4368 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4369 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4370 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4372 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4374 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4375 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4376 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4377 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4378 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4380 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4381 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4382 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4383 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4384 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4386 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4387 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4388 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4389 describing how the process finished.")
4391 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4392 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4393 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4394 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4395 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4397 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4398 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4399 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4401 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4403 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4404 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4405 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4406 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4408 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4410 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4411 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4413 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4414 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4416 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4417 (lambda ()
4418 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4419 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4420 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4421 (concat \"make -k \"
4422 (if buffer-file-name
4423 (shell-quote-argument
4424 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4426 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4427 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4429 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4430 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4431 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4432 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4434 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4436 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4437 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4438 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4439 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4441 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4442 and move to the source code that caused it.
4444 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4445 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4447 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4448 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4449 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4450 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4451 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4453 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4454 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4455 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4456 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4458 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4459 kills its subprocesses.
4461 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4462 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4463 to a function that generates a unique name.
4465 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4467 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4468 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4469 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4470 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4472 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4473 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4475 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4476 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4477 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4478 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4480 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4481 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4482 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4484 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4486 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4488 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4489 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4490 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4491 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4492 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4494 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4496 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4498 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4500 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4502 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4503 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4504 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4505 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4506 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4508 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4509 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4510 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4511 See `compilation-mode'.
4513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4515 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4516 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4518 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4519 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4521 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4522 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4523 `compilation-mode'.
4525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4527 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4528 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4529 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4531 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4533 ;;;***
4535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21187 63826 213216
4536 ;;;;;; 0))
4537 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4539 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4540 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4541 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4544 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4546 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4548 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4549 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4551 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4552 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4556 ;;;***
4558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21187
4559 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
4560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4562 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4563 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4564 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4565 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4566 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4567 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4568 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4570 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4571 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4572 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4574 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4575 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4576 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4578 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4579 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4580 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4581 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4583 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4584 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4585 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4586 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4587 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4588 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4589 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4591 \\{conf-mode-map}
4593 \(fn)" t nil)
4595 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4596 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4597 Comments start with `#'.
4598 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4600 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4602 \[Desktop Entry]
4603 Encoding=UTF-8
4604 Name=The GIMP
4605 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4606 Name[cs]=GIMP
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4610 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4612 Comments start with `;'.
4613 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4615 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4617 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4618 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4619 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4621 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4622 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4624 \(fn)" t nil)
4626 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4627 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4628 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4629 between `/*' and `*/'.
4630 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4632 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4633 // another kind of comment
4634 /* yet another */
4636 name:value
4637 name=value
4638 name value
4639 x.1 =
4640 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4641 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4645 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4646 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4647 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4648 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4649 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4650 `conf-space-keywords'.
4651 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4652 in an interactive fashion instead.
4654 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4656 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4658 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4659 image/png png
4660 image/tiff tiff tif
4662 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4663 class desktop
4664 # Standard multimedia devices
4665 add /dev/audio desktop
4666 add /dev/mixer desktop
4668 \(fn)" t nil)
4670 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4671 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4672 See `conf-space-mode'.
4674 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4676 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4677 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4678 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4679 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4681 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4683 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4684 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4686 \(fn)" t nil)
4688 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4689 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4690 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4691 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4693 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4695 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4696 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4698 \(fn)" t nil)
4700 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4701 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4702 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4703 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4705 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4707 *background: gray99
4708 *foreground: black
4710 \(fn)" t nil)
4712 ;;;***
4714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21187 63826 213216
4715 ;;;;;; 0))
4716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4718 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4719 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4720 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4721 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4722 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4723 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4725 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4727 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4728 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4729 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4730 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4732 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4734 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4735 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4736 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4737 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4739 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4741 ;;;***
4743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21187
4744 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
4745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4746 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4747 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4748 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4750 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4751 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4752 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4753 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4754 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4755 following the copyright are updated as well.
4756 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4757 interactively.
4759 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4761 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4762 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4763 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4764 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4765 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4767 \(fn)" t nil)
4769 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4770 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4772 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4774 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4775 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4776 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4778 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4780 ;;;***
4782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21207
4783 ;;;;;; 49087 974317 0))
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4785 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4786 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4787 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4788 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4789 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4790 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4791 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4793 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4794 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4795 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4796 Tab indents for Perl code.
4797 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4798 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4800 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4801 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4802 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4803 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4804 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4805 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4806 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4807 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4808 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4809 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4810 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4811 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4813 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4815 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4816 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4818 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4820 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4821 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4822 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4823 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4824 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4825 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4826 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4827 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4828 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4830 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4832 bite if angry;
4834 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4835 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4836 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4837 to nil.)
4839 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4840 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4841 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4843 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4845 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4846 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4847 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4848 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4849 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4851 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4853 if (A) { B }
4855 into
4857 B if A;
4859 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4861 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4862 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4863 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4864 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4865 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4866 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4867 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4868 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4869 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4870 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4871 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4872 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4873 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4875 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4876 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4877 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4878 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4879 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4880 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4882 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4883 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4884 man via menu.
4886 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4887 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4888 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4889 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4890 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4892 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4893 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4894 span the needed amount of lines.
4896 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4897 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4898 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4899 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4901 Variables controlling indentation style:
4902 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4903 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4904 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4905 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4906 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4907 `cperl-auto-newline'
4908 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4909 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4910 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4911 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4912 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4913 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4914 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4915 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4916 `cperl-indent-level'
4917 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4918 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4919 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4920 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4921 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4922 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4923 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4924 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4925 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4926 `cperl-brace-offset'
4927 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4928 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4929 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4930 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4931 `cperl-label-offset'
4932 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4933 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4934 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4936 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4937 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4938 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4939 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4940 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4941 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4943 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4944 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4945 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4946 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4948 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4949 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4950 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4951 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4952 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4953 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4954 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4956 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4957 column 0 is indented on
4958 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4960 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4961 with no args.
4963 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4964 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4965 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4967 \(fn)" t nil)
4969 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4970 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4972 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4974 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4975 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4977 \(fn)" t nil)
4979 ;;;***
4981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21187 63826 213216
4982 ;;;;;; 0))
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4985 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4986 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4987 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4988 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4989 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4991 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4993 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4994 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4996 \(fn)" t nil)
4998 ;;;***
5000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
5001 ;;;;;; 0))
5002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5004 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5005 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5006 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5007 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5009 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5010 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5012 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5014 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5015 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5016 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5017 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5018 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5022 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5024 ;;;***
5026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21187 63826 213216
5027 ;;;;;; 0))
5028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5030 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5031 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5032 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5033 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5035 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5036 a prespecified separator regexp. For example, if the separator
5037 regexp is \",\", the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5038 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5040 The default value for the separator regexp is the value of
5041 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator regexp may be
5042 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5044 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5045 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5046 'bob', and 'eve'.
5048 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5049 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5050 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5052 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings
5053 with empty strings removed.
5055 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5056 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5057 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5059 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5061 ;;;***
5063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21187 63826
5064 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5067 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5068 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5070 \(fn)" t nil)
5072 ;;;***
5074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21222 52808
5075 ;;;;;; 160149 187000))
5076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5078 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5079 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5080 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5083 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5085 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5087 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5088 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5090 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5091 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5093 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5094 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5095 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5096 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5097 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5098 normal function of these prefix keys.
5100 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5101 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5102 options:
5103 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5104 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5105 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5107 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5108 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5109 the prefix fallback behavior.
5111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5113 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5114 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5116 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5118 ;;;***
5120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21187 63826
5121 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5122 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5124 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5125 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5126 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5130 ;;;***
5132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21187 63826 213216
5133 ;;;;;; 0))
5134 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5136 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5137 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5139 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5141 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5142 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5144 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5146 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5147 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5149 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5151 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5152 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5154 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5155 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5157 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5158 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5160 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5162 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5164 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5165 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5166 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5168 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5169 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5171 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5172 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5174 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5175 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5177 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5179 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5181 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5182 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5183 Return VALUE.
5185 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5186 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5188 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5189 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5191 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5192 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5194 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5196 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5198 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5199 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5200 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5201 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5203 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5204 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5205 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5207 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5209 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5210 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5211 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5212 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5213 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5215 \(fn)" t nil)
5217 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5218 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5219 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5220 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5222 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5224 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5225 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5226 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5228 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5230 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5231 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5233 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5235 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5237 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5238 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5240 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5242 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5244 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5245 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5246 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5248 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5250 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5251 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5252 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5253 as part of Emacs itself.
5255 Each elements looks like this:
5257 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5259 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5260 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5261 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5262 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5263 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5264 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5265 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5266 and `defface'.
5268 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5270 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5271 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5272 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5273 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5274 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5276 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5277 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5278 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5279 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5281 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5283 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5285 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5286 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5287 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5288 release.
5290 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5291 that were added or redefined since that version.
5293 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5295 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5296 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5297 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5298 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5300 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5302 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5303 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5305 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5307 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5308 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5309 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5311 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5312 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5314 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5316 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5319 \(fn)" t nil)
5321 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5322 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5324 \(fn)" t nil)
5326 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5327 Customize all saved options and faces.
5329 \(fn)" t nil)
5331 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5332 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5333 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5334 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5335 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5336 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5338 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5339 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5340 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5342 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5344 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5345 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5347 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5349 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5350 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5352 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5354 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5355 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5357 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5359 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5360 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5361 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5362 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5363 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5364 that option.
5366 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5368 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5369 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5370 The result includes selecting that window.
5371 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5372 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5373 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5374 that option.
5376 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5378 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5379 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5381 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5383 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5384 File used for storing customization information.
5385 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5386 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5387 it should be an absolute file name.
5389 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5390 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5391 something like the following in your init file:
5393 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5394 \(load custom-file)
5396 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5397 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5399 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5400 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5401 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5402 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5403 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5405 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5406 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5407 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5408 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5409 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5410 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5411 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5412 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5413 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5414 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5416 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5418 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5419 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5421 \(fn)" nil nil)
5423 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5424 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5426 \(fn)" t nil)
5428 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5429 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5430 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5432 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5434 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5435 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5436 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5437 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5438 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5440 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5442 ;;;***
5444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21187 63826 213216
5445 ;;;;;; 0))
5446 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5448 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5449 Create or edit a custom theme.
5450 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5451 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5452 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5453 from the Custom save file.
5454 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5455 named *Custom Theme*.
5457 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5459 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5460 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5462 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5464 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5465 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5467 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5469 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5470 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5471 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5472 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5474 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5476 ;;;***
5478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21187 63826
5479 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5480 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5482 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5483 Mode used for cvs status output.
5485 \(fn)" t nil)
5487 ;;;***
5489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21187 63826 213216
5490 ;;;;;; 0))
5491 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5492 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5494 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5495 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5497 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5499 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5500 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5501 C++ modes are included.
5503 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5504 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5505 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5509 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5511 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5512 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5513 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5514 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5515 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5516 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5518 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5520 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5521 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5522 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5523 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5524 ARG is omitted or nil.
5526 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5527 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5528 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5532 ;;;***
5534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21193
5535 ;;;;;; 16180 875828 0))
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5538 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5539 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5541 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5543 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5544 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5546 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5548 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5549 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5550 For readability, the table is slightly
5551 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5553 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5554 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5555 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5556 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5557 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5559 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5561 ;;;***
5563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21187 63826 213216
5564 ;;;;;; 0))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5566 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5567 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5568 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5569 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5571 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5572 Completion on current word.
5573 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5574 and presents suggestions for completion.
5576 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5577 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5578 completions.
5580 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5581 then it searches *all* buffers.
5583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5585 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5586 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5588 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5589 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5590 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5591 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5592 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5594 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5595 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5597 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5598 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5599 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5601 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5602 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5604 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5606 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5608 ;;;***
5610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21197 43194
5611 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
5612 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5614 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5615 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5617 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5619 ;;;***
5621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
5622 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5624 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5625 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5626 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5627 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5628 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5630 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5632 ;;;***
5634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21187 63826
5635 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5638 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5639 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5641 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5642 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5643 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5645 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5646 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5647 Data lines are not indented.
5649 Key bindings:
5651 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5652 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5654 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5655 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5656 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5657 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5659 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5661 dcl-basic-offset
5662 Extra indentation within blocks.
5664 dcl-continuation-offset
5665 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5667 dcl-margin-offset
5668 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5670 dcl-margin-label-offset
5671 Indentation for a label.
5673 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5674 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5676 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5677 dcl-block-end-regexp
5678 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5679 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5680 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5681 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5682 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5684 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5685 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5686 Two such functions are included in the package:
5687 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5688 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5690 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5691 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5692 One such function is included in the package:
5693 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5695 dcl-tab-always-indent
5696 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5697 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5698 margin.
5700 dcl-electric-characters
5701 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5702 typed.
5704 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5705 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5706 which words trigger electric indentation.
5708 dcl-tempo-comma
5709 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5710 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5711 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5713 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5714 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5715 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5716 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5718 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5719 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5720 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5721 dcl-imenu-label-call
5722 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5724 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5725 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5726 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5727 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5730 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5732 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5733 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5734 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5735 $ i = 1
5736 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5737 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5738 $ label:
5739 $ if i.eq.1
5740 $ then
5741 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5742 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5743 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5744 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5745 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5746 \"lined up with the command line\"
5747 $ type sys$input
5748 Data lines are not indented at all.
5749 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5750 $ endif
5754 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5755 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5757 \(fn)" t nil)
5759 ;;;***
5761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21194 37048
5762 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
5763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5765 (setq debugger 'debug)
5767 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5768 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5769 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5770 of the evaluator.
5772 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5773 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5774 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5776 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5778 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5779 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5781 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5783 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5784 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5785 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5786 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5787 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5788 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5790 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5791 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5793 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5795 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5796 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5797 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5798 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5799 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5801 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5803 ;;;***
5805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21187 63826
5806 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5807 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5809 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5810 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5812 \(fn)" t nil)
5814 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5815 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5816 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5817 Upper-case letters are commands.
5819 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5820 modify it.
5822 The most useful commands are:
5823 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5824 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5825 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5826 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5827 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5828 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5830 \(fn)" t nil)
5832 ;;;***
5834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21187 63826 213216
5835 ;;;;;; 0))
5836 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5837 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5839 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5840 Customization of `columns' group.
5842 \(fn)" t nil)
5844 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5845 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5847 START and END delimits the text region.
5849 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5851 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5852 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5854 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5856 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5858 ;;;***
5860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21227 34360 69622 0))
5861 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5863 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5865 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5866 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5867 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5869 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5870 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5872 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5874 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5875 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5877 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5878 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5880 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5881 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5882 point regardless of any selection.
5884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5886 ;;;***
5888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21187 63826
5889 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5892 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5893 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5895 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5897 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5898 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5899 or nil if there is no parent.
5900 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5901 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5902 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5903 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5904 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5906 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5907 arguments are currently understood:
5908 :group GROUP
5909 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5910 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5911 :syntax-table TABLE
5912 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5913 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5914 :abbrev-table TABLE
5915 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5916 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5918 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5920 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5922 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5923 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5924 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5926 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5927 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5929 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5930 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5931 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5933 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5934 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5936 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5937 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5939 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5941 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5943 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5945 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5946 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5947 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5948 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5949 the first time the mode is used.
5951 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5953 ;;;***
5955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21187 63826 213216
5956 ;;;;;; 0))
5957 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5959 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5960 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5961 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5962 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5963 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5964 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5965 otherwise.
5967 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5969 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5970 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5971 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5972 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5974 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5975 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5976 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5978 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5979 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5980 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5981 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5982 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5983 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5984 relevant to POS.
5986 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5988 ;;;***
5990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21187 63826 213216
5991 ;;;;;; 0))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5994 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5995 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5996 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5998 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6000 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6001 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6002 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6003 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6004 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6006 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6007 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6008 `desktop-read' for details.
6010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6012 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6013 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6014 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6015 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6017 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6019 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6020 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6022 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6023 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6024 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6026 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6027 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6029 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6030 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6031 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6033 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6034 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6035 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6036 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6038 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6040 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6041 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6043 Handlers are called with argument list
6045 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6047 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6049 desktop-file-version
6050 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6051 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6052 desktop-buffer-point
6053 desktop-buffer-mark
6054 desktop-buffer-read-only
6055 desktop-buffer-locals
6057 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6058 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6060 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6061 code like
6063 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6065 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6066 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6068 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6070 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6072 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6073 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6074 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6075 List elements must have the form
6077 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6079 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6080 function.
6082 Handlers are called with argument list
6084 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6086 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6088 desktop-file-version
6089 desktop-buffer-file-name
6090 desktop-buffer-name
6091 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6092 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6093 desktop-buffer-point
6094 desktop-buffer-mark
6095 desktop-buffer-read-only
6096 desktop-buffer-misc
6098 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6099 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6100 created and set.
6102 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6103 code like
6105 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6107 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6108 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6110 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6112 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6114 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6116 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6117 Empty the Desktop.
6118 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6119 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6120 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6121 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6122 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6123 if different).
6125 \(fn)" t nil)
6127 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6128 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6129 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6130 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6131 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6132 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6134 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6136 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6137 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6138 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6140 \(fn)" t nil)
6142 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6143 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6144 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6145 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6146 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6147 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6148 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6149 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6151 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6153 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6154 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6155 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6157 \(fn)" nil nil)
6159 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6161 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6162 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6163 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6164 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6165 directory DIRNAME.
6167 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6169 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6170 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6172 \(fn)" t nil)
6174 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6175 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6177 \(fn)" t nil)
6179 ;;;***
6181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21187 63826
6182 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6185 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6186 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6187 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6188 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6189 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6190 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6192 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6194 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6195 Repair a broken attribution line.
6196 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6198 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6200 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6201 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6202 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6203 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6205 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6207 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6208 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6210 \(fn)" t nil)
6212 ;;;***
6214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21187
6215 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
6216 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6218 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6219 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6220 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6221 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6222 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6226 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6227 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6228 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6229 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6231 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6232 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6233 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6234 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6236 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6237 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6239 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6240 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6241 calendar-date-style 'european
6242 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6244 \(diary-mail-entries)
6246 # diary-rem.el ends here
6248 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6250 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6251 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6253 \(fn)" t nil)
6255 ;;;***
6257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6258 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6260 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6261 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6263 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6265 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6266 The command to use to run diff.")
6268 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6270 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6271 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6272 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6273 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6274 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6275 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6277 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6278 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6279 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6281 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6283 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6284 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6285 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6286 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6287 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6288 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6290 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6292 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6293 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6295 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6297 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6298 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6299 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6301 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6303 ;;;***
6305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21187 63826
6306 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6307 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6309 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6310 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6311 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6312 normal diffs.
6314 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6315 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6316 headers for you on-the-fly.
6318 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6319 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6320 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6322 \\{diff-mode-map}
6324 \(fn)" t nil)
6326 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6327 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6328 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6329 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6330 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6332 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6336 ;;;***
6338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6339 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6341 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6342 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6343 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6345 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6347 ;;;***
6349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21222 53814 660119 962000))
6350 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6352 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6353 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6354 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6355 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6356 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6357 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6358 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6359 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6361 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6363 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6364 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6365 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6366 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6367 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6368 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6370 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6371 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6372 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6373 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6374 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6375 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6376 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6377 list of files to make directory entries for.
6378 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6379 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6380 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6382 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6384 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6385 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6387 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6388 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6390 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6391 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6393 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6394 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6396 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6398 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6399 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6401 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6403 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6404 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6405 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6406 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6407 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6408 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6409 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6410 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6411 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6412 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6413 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6414 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6415 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6416 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6417 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6418 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6419 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6420 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6421 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6422 to see why something went wrong.
6423 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6424 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6425 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6426 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6427 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6428 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6429 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6430 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6431 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6432 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6433 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6434 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6435 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6437 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6438 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6439 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6440 again for the directory tree.
6442 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6443 for more info):
6445 `dired-listing-switches'
6446 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6447 `dired-marker-char'
6448 `dired-del-marker'
6449 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6450 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6451 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6452 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6454 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6456 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6457 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6458 `dired-mode-hook'
6459 `dired-load-hook'
6461 Keybindings:
6462 \\{dired-mode-map}
6464 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6465 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6467 ;;;***
6469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21187 63826 213216
6470 ;;;;;; 0))
6471 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6473 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6474 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6475 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6476 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6477 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6479 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6480 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6481 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6483 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6484 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6485 directory.
6487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6489 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6490 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6491 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6492 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6493 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6494 from `default-directory'.
6496 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6498 ;;;***
6500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21187 63826
6501 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6502 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6504 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6505 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6506 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6507 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6508 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6509 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6511 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6513 ;;;***
6515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21187 63826 213216
6516 ;;;;;; 0))
6517 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6519 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6520 Return a new, empty display table.
6522 \(fn)" nil nil)
6524 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6525 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6526 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6527 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6528 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6530 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6532 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6533 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6534 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6535 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6536 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6538 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6540 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6541 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6543 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6545 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6546 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6548 \(fn)" t nil)
6550 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6551 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6553 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6554 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6556 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6557 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6558 byte.
6560 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6561 in the default way after this call.
6563 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6565 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6566 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6568 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6570 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6571 Display character C using printable string S.
6573 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6575 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6576 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6577 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6578 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6580 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6582 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6583 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6584 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6585 X frame.
6587 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6589 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6590 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6592 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6594 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6595 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6597 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6599 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6600 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6602 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6604 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6605 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6607 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6609 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6610 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6612 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6614 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6615 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6617 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6618 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6620 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6621 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6623 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6624 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6625 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6626 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6628 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6629 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6630 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6631 in `.emacs'.
6633 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6635 ;;;***
6637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21187 63826
6638 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6639 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6641 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6642 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6643 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6644 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6645 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6646 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6647 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6648 Default is 2.
6650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6652 ;;;***
6654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6655 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6657 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6658 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6659 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6660 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6661 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6662 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6663 private or ask).
6664 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6665 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6666 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6667 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6668 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6670 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6672 ;;;***
6674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21187 63826
6675 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6676 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6678 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6679 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6680 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6681 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6682 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6683 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6684 table and its own syntax table.
6686 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6688 \(fn)" t nil)
6689 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6691 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6692 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6694 \(fn)" t nil)
6696 ;;;***
6698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21187 63826 213216
6699 ;;;;;; 0))
6700 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6702 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6703 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6704 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6705 OpenDocument format).
6707 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6709 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6710 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6712 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6713 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6715 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6716 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6717 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6719 \(fn)" t nil)
6721 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6722 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6723 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6724 to the next best mode.
6726 \(fn)" nil nil)
6728 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6729 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6731 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6732 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6734 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6738 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6741 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6743 ;;;***
6745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21187 63826 213216
6746 ;;;;;; 0))
6747 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6749 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6750 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6752 \(fn)" t nil)
6754 ;;;***
6756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6757 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6759 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6760 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6761 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6762 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6763 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6765 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6766 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6770 ;;;***
6772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21187 63826 213216
6773 ;;;;;; 0))
6774 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6775 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6777 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6778 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6780 \(fn)" t nil)
6782 ;;;***
6784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21187
6785 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
6786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6788 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6790 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6791 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6792 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6793 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6794 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6796 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6797 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6798 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6799 and disables it otherwise.
6801 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6802 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6803 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6804 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6806 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6807 documenting what its argument does.
6809 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6810 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6811 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6812 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6813 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6814 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6815 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6816 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6818 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6819 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6820 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6821 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6822 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6823 mode is global):
6825 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6826 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6827 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6828 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6829 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6830 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6831 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6832 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6833 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6834 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6835 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6836 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6837 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6838 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6839 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6840 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6841 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6842 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6843 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6844 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6845 in :variable).
6847 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6848 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6850 For example, you could write
6851 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6852 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6853 ...BODY CODE...)
6855 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6857 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6859 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6861 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6863 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6864 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6865 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6866 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6867 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6868 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6869 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6870 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6871 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6872 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6873 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6874 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6876 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6877 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6878 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6879 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6880 call another major mode in their body.
6882 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6883 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6884 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6886 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6888 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6890 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6891 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6892 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6893 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6894 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6895 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6896 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6898 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6900 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6901 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6902 :inherit Parent keymap.
6903 :group Ignored.
6904 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6905 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6907 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6909 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6910 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6911 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6912 the constant's documentation.
6914 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6916 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6917 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6918 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6920 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6922 ;;;***
6924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21187
6925 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
6926 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6928 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6929 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6930 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6931 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6933 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6934 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6935 as a top-level menu bar item.
6937 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6938 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6939 pairs:
6941 :filter FUNCTION
6942 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6943 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6944 items to actually display.
6946 :visible INCLUDE
6947 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6948 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6949 alias for `:visible'.
6951 :active ENABLE
6952 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6953 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6954 an alias for `:active'.
6956 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6957 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6959 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6961 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6963 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6964 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6966 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6967 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6969 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6971 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6973 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6974 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6976 :keys KEYS
6977 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6978 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6979 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6980 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6982 :key-sequence KEYS
6983 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6984 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6985 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6986 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6988 :active ENABLE
6989 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6990 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6991 alias for `:active'.
6993 :visible INCLUDE
6994 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6995 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6996 `:visible'.
6998 :label FORM
6999 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7000 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7002 :suffix FORM
7003 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7004 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7006 :style STYLE
7007 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7008 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7009 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7011 :selected SELECTED
7012 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7013 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7015 :help HELP
7016 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7018 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7019 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7020 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7022 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7023 MENU. This is a submenu.
7025 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7027 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7029 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7032 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7034 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7035 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7036 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7037 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7039 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7041 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7042 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7043 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7044 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7045 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7046 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7048 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7049 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7050 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7052 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7053 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7054 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7056 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7057 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7059 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7061 ;;;***
7063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21187 63826
7064 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7066 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7068 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7069 Customization for ebnf group.
7071 \(fn)" t nil)
7073 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7074 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7076 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7078 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7079 processed.
7081 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7083 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7085 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7086 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7088 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7089 killed after process termination.
7091 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7093 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7095 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7096 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7098 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7099 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7100 it to the printer.
7102 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7103 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7104 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7105 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7107 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7109 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7110 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7111 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7113 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7115 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7116 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7118 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7120 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7121 processed.
7123 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7125 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7127 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7128 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7130 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7131 killed after process termination.
7133 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7135 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7137 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7138 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7139 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7140 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7142 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7144 \(fn)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7147 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7148 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7150 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7152 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7154 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7155 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7157 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7159 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7160 processed.
7162 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7164 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7166 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7167 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7169 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7170 killed after EPS generation.
7172 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7174 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7176 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7177 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7179 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7180 The EPS file name has the following form:
7182 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7184 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7185 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7187 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7188 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7189 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7190 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7191 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7193 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7194 files.
7196 \(fn)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7201 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7202 The EPS file name has the following form:
7204 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7206 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7207 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7209 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7210 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7211 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7212 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7213 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7215 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7216 files.
7218 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7220 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7225 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7227 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7228 are processed.
7230 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7232 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7237 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7238 killed after syntax checking.
7240 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7242 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7247 \(fn)" t nil)
7249 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7250 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7252 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7254 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7255 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7257 \(fn)" nil nil)
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7262 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7264 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7269 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7271 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7273 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7274 Delete style NAME.
7276 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7278 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7280 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7281 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7283 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7285 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7287 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7288 Set STYLE as the current style.
7290 Returns the old style symbol.
7292 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7294 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Reset current style.
7299 Returns the old style symbol.
7301 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7303 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7308 Returns the old style symbol.
7310 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7312 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7314 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7316 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7317 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7319 Returns the old style symbol.
7321 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7323 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7325 \(fn)" t nil)
7327 ;;;***
7329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21187 63826
7330 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7333 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7334 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7335 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7336 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7337 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7338 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7340 Tree mode key bindings:
7341 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7343 \(fn)" t nil)
7345 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7346 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7348 \(fn)" t nil)
7350 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7351 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7353 \(fn)" t nil)
7355 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7356 View declaration of member at point.
7358 \(fn)" t nil)
7360 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7361 Find declaration of member at point.
7363 \(fn)" t nil)
7365 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7366 View definition of member at point.
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7370 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7371 Find definition of member at point.
7373 \(fn)" t nil)
7375 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7376 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7378 \(fn)" t nil)
7380 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7381 View definition of member at point in other window.
7383 \(fn)" t nil)
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7386 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7388 \(fn)" t nil)
7390 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7391 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7393 \(fn)" t nil)
7395 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7396 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7398 \(fn)" t nil)
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7401 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7403 \(fn)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7406 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7407 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7408 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7409 completion.
7411 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7413 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7414 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7415 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7416 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7418 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7420 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7421 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7422 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7423 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7425 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7427 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7428 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7429 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7431 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7433 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7434 Search for call sites of a member.
7435 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7436 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7437 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7438 looks like a function call to the member.
7440 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7442 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7443 Move backward in the position stack.
7444 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7446 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7448 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7449 Move forward in the position stack.
7450 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7452 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7455 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7457 \(fn)" t nil)
7459 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7460 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7462 \(fn)" t nil)
7464 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7465 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7466 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7467 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7469 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7471 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7472 Display statistics for a class tree.
7474 \(fn)" t nil)
7476 ;;;***
7478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21187 63826 213216
7479 ;;;;;; 0))
7480 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7482 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7483 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7484 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7485 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7486 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7487 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7488 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7490 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7492 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7493 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7494 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7495 also has this effect.
7496 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7497 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7498 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7499 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7500 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7501 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7502 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7503 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7504 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7505 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7507 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7509 ;;;***
7511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21187 63826 213216
7512 ;;;;;; 0))
7513 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7515 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7516 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7517 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7519 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7521 ;;;***
7523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21187 63826
7524 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7527 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7530 \(fn)" nil nil)
7532 ;;;***
7534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7535 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7536 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7538 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7539 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7540 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7542 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7543 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7545 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7547 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7548 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7549 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7550 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7551 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7553 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7554 an EDE controlled project.
7556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7558 ;;;***
7560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el" (21187 63826
7561 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7562 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
7563 (push (purecopy '(dired 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7565 ;;;***
7567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
7568 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
7569 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
7570 (push (purecopy '(project-am 0 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
7572 ;;;***
7574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21205 7349
7575 ;;;;;; 58947 0))
7576 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7578 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7579 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7580 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7581 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7582 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7584 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7585 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7586 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7587 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7589 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7591 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7592 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7593 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7594 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7596 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7598 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7599 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7600 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7601 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7603 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7605 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7607 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7608 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7609 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7610 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7611 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7613 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7614 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7615 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7616 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7617 instrumented for Edebug.
7619 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7620 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7621 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7622 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7623 already is one.)
7625 \(fn)" t nil)
7627 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7628 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7630 \(fn)" t nil)
7632 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7633 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7635 \(fn)" t nil)
7637 ;;;***
7639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7640 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7641 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7643 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7644 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7646 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7648 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7649 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7651 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7653 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7655 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7657 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7658 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7659 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7660 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7662 \(fn)" t nil)
7664 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7665 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7666 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7667 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7669 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7671 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7672 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7674 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7676 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7678 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7679 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7681 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7683 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7685 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7686 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7687 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7688 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7690 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7692 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7694 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7695 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7696 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7697 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7699 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7701 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7703 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7704 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7705 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7706 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7708 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7710 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7712 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7713 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7714 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7715 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7717 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7719 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7721 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7722 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7723 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7724 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7725 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7726 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7728 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7730 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7731 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7732 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7733 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7735 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7737 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7739 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7740 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7741 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7742 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7744 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7746 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7748 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7750 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7751 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7752 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7753 follows:
7754 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7755 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7757 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7759 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7760 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7761 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7762 follows:
7763 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7764 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7766 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7768 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7769 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7770 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7771 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7772 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7774 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7776 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7777 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7778 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7779 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7780 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7781 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7783 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7785 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7787 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7788 Merge two files without ancestor.
7790 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7792 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7793 Merge two files with ancestor.
7795 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7797 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7799 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7800 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7802 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7804 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7805 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7807 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7809 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7810 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7811 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7812 buffer.
7814 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7817 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7818 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7819 buffer.
7821 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7823 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7824 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7825 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7826 and don't ask the user.
7827 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7828 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7830 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7833 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7834 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7835 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7836 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7837 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7838 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7839 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7841 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7843 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7845 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7847 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7848 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7849 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7850 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7851 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7853 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7855 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7857 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7858 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7859 When called interactively, displays the version.
7861 \(fn)" t nil)
7863 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7864 Display Ediff's manual.
7865 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7867 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7869 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7872 \(fn)" nil nil)
7874 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7877 \(fn)" nil nil)
7879 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7882 \(fn)" nil nil)
7884 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7887 \(fn)" nil nil)
7889 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7892 \(fn)" nil nil)
7894 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7897 \(fn)" nil nil)
7899 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7902 \(fn)" nil nil)
7904 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7907 \(fn)" nil nil)
7909 ;;;***
7911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21187 63826
7912 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7913 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7915 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7918 \(fn)" t nil)
7920 ;;;***
7922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21187 63826
7923 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7924 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7926 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7927 Display Ediff's registry.
7929 \(fn)" t nil)
7931 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7933 ;;;***
7935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21187 63826
7936 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7937 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7939 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7940 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7941 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7942 which see.
7944 \(fn)" t nil)
7946 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7947 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7948 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7949 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7951 \(fn)" t nil)
7953 ;;;***
7955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21187 63826 213216
7956 ;;;;;; 0))
7957 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7958 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7960 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7961 Edit a keyboard macro.
7962 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7963 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7964 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7965 its command name.
7966 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7968 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7970 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7971 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7973 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7975 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7976 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7978 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7980 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7981 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7982 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7983 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7984 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7985 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7987 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7988 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7989 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7990 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7992 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7994 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7995 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7996 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7997 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7998 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7999 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8001 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8003 ;;;***
8005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21187 63826 213216
8006 ;;;;;; 0))
8007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8009 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8010 Set scroll margins.
8011 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8012 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8014 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8016 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8017 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8019 \(fn)" t nil)
8021 ;;;***
8023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
8024 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8026 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8027 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8028 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8029 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8030 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8031 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8032 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8034 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8035 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8037 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8038 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8039 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8040 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8042 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8043 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8044 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8046 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8047 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8048 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8050 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8052 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8055 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8057 ;;;***
8059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21226 13617
8060 ;;;;;; 810122 433000))
8061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8062 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8064 ;;;***
8066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21187
8067 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
8068 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8069 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8071 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8072 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8073 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8074 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8075 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8076 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8077 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8079 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8081 ;;;***
8083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21226 13501
8084 ;;;;;; 706948 0))
8085 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8087 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8088 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8090 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8092 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8093 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8094 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8095 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8096 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8098 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8099 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8100 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8101 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8102 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8103 expression point is on.
8105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8107 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8109 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8110 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8111 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8112 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8113 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8114 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8115 arg list.
8117 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8118 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8119 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8120 effect.
8122 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8123 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8125 ;;;***
8127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21193 16180 875828
8128 ;;;;;; 0))
8129 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8131 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8132 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8134 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8135 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8136 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8138 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8140 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8141 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8142 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8143 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8144 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8145 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8147 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8149 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8150 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8151 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8152 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8153 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8155 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8156 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8157 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8161 ;;;***
8163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21187 63826 213216
8164 ;;;;;; 0))
8165 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8167 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8168 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8170 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8171 an elided material again.
8173 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8177 ;;;***
8179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21195 23530
8180 ;;;;;; 495420 0))
8181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8183 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8184 Lint the file FILE.
8186 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8188 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8189 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8190 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8192 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8194 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8195 Lint the current buffer.
8196 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8198 \(fn)" t nil)
8200 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8201 Lint the function at point.
8202 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8204 \(fn)" t nil)
8206 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8207 Initialize elint.
8208 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8209 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8211 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8213 ;;;***
8215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21187 63826 213216
8216 ;;;;;; 0))
8217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8219 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8220 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8221 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8223 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8225 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8226 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8227 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8228 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8230 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8232 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8233 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8234 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8236 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8238 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8240 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8241 Display current profiling results.
8242 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8243 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8244 displayed.
8246 \(fn)" t nil)
8248 ;;;***
8250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21187 63826 213216
8251 ;;;;;; 0))
8252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8254 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8255 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8256 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8257 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8258 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8259 ARG is omitted or nil.
8261 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8262 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8263 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8264 used instead.
8266 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8268 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8269 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8270 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8272 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8276 ;;;***
8278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21198 34110
8279 ;;;;;; 565653 0))
8280 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8282 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8283 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8284 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8286 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8288 ;;;***
8290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21032 23080 765139
8291 ;;;;;; 0))
8292 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8294 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8295 Run Emerge on two files.
8297 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8299 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8300 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8302 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8304 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8305 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8307 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8309 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8310 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8312 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8314 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8317 \(fn)" nil nil)
8319 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8322 \(fn)" nil nil)
8324 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8327 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8329 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8332 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8334 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8335 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8337 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8339 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8340 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8342 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8344 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8347 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8349 ;;;***
8351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21187 63826
8352 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8353 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8355 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8356 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8357 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8358 text/enriched format.
8360 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8361 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8362 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8364 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8366 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8367 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8369 Commands:
8371 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8375 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8378 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8380 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8383 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8385 ;;;***
8387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21220 61111 156047 0))
8388 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8390 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8391 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8393 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8395 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8396 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8398 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8400 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8401 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8402 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8403 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8404 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8405 the keys are listed.
8406 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8408 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8410 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8411 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8412 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8414 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8416 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8417 Verify FILE.
8419 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8421 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8422 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8424 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8426 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8427 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8429 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8431 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8432 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8434 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8435 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8436 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8437 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8439 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8440 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8441 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8442 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8443 should consider using the string based counterpart
8444 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8445 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8447 For example:
8449 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8450 (decode-coding-string
8451 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8452 'utf-8))
8454 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8456 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8457 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8459 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8460 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8462 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8464 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8465 Verify the current region between START and END.
8467 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8468 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8469 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8470 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8471 should consider using the string based counterpart
8472 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8473 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8475 For example:
8477 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8478 (decode-coding-string
8479 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8480 'utf-8))
8482 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8484 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8485 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8486 between START and END.
8488 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8489 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8491 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8493 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8494 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8496 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8497 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8498 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8499 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8500 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8501 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8503 For example:
8505 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8506 (epg-sign-string
8507 context
8508 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8510 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8512 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8513 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8515 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8516 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8517 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8518 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8519 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8520 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8522 For example:
8524 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8525 (epg-encrypt-string
8526 context
8527 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8528 nil))
8530 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8532 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8533 Delete selected KEYS.
8535 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8537 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8538 Import keys from FILE.
8540 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8542 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8543 Import keys from the region.
8545 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8547 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8548 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8549 between START and END.
8551 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8553 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8554 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8556 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8558 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8559 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8561 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8563 ;;;***
8565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21187 63826 213216
8566 ;;;;;; 0))
8567 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8569 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8570 Decrypt marked files.
8572 \(fn)" t nil)
8574 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8575 Verify marked files.
8577 \(fn)" t nil)
8579 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8580 Sign marked files.
8582 \(fn)" t nil)
8584 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8585 Encrypt marked files.
8587 \(fn)" t nil)
8589 ;;;***
8591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21205 7349 58947
8592 ;;;;;; 0))
8593 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8595 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8598 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8600 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8603 \(fn)" t nil)
8605 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8608 \(fn)" t nil)
8610 ;;;***
8612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21187 63826 213216
8613 ;;;;;; 0))
8614 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8616 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8617 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8618 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8619 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8620 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8624 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8625 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8626 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8628 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8630 \(fn)" t nil)
8632 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8633 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8634 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8636 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8638 \(fn)" t nil)
8640 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8641 Sign the current buffer.
8642 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8644 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8646 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8649 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8650 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8651 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8652 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8653 and also whether and how to sign.
8655 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8656 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8657 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8659 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8661 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8663 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8664 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8665 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8667 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8669 \(fn)" t nil)
8671 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8672 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8673 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8674 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8675 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8676 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8678 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8680 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8681 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8682 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8683 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8684 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8688 ;;;***
8690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21194 37048 599945 0))
8691 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8692 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8694 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8695 Return a context object.
8697 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8699 ;;;***
8701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21187 63826 213216
8702 ;;;;;; 0))
8703 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8705 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8706 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8708 \(fn)" nil nil)
8710 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8711 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8713 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8715 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8716 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8718 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8720 ;;;***
8722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21227 34360 69622 0))
8723 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8724 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8726 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8727 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8729 \(fn)" nil nil)
8731 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8732 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8733 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8735 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8737 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8738 (server (erc-compute-server))
8739 (port (erc-compute-port))
8740 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8741 password
8742 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8744 That is, if called with
8746 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8748 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8749 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8750 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8752 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8754 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8756 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8757 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8758 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8760 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8762 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8763 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8764 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8765 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8767 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8769 ;;;***
8771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21187
8772 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
8773 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8774 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8776 ;;;***
8778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21187 63826
8779 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8780 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8781 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8783 ;;;***
8785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21187 63826
8786 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8788 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8790 ;;;***
8792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21187 63826
8793 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8795 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8797 ;;;***
8799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21187 63826 213216
8800 ;;;;;; 0))
8801 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8802 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8804 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8805 Parser for /dcc command.
8806 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8807 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8808 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8810 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8812 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8813 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8815 \(fn)" nil nil)
8817 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8818 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8820 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8821 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8822 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8823 that subcommand.
8825 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8827 ;;;***
8829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8830 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8832 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8834 ;;;***
8836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21187
8837 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
8838 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8840 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8841 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8843 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8845 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8846 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8847 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8848 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8850 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8852 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8855 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8857 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8858 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8860 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8862 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8863 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8865 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8867 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8868 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8870 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8872 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8873 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8875 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8877 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8878 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8880 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8882 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8883 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8885 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8887 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8888 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8890 \(fn)" nil nil)
8892 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8893 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8895 \(fn)" nil nil)
8897 ;;;***
8899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21187 63826 213216
8900 ;;;;;; 0))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8902 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8904 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8905 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8906 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8908 \(fn)" nil nil)
8910 ;;;***
8912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21187 63826
8913 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8914 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8915 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8917 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8918 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8919 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8920 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8921 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8922 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8923 system.
8925 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8927 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8930 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8932 ;;;***
8934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21187 63826
8935 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8938 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8941 \(fn)" nil nil)
8943 ;;;***
8945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21187 63826 213216
8946 ;;;;;; 0))
8947 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8948 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8950 ;;;***
8952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (21193 16180 875828
8953 ;;;;;; 0))
8954 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
8955 (push (purecopy '(erc-lang 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8957 ;;;***
8959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21187 63826 213216
8960 ;;;;;; 0))
8961 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8962 (push (purecopy '(erc-list 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8963 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8965 ;;;***
8967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21187 63826 213216
8968 ;;;;;; 0))
8969 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8970 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8972 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8973 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8974 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8975 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8976 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8977 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8979 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8981 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8982 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8983 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8984 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8986 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8987 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8988 automatically.
8990 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8991 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8993 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8995 ;;;***
8997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21187 63826
8998 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9000 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9002 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9003 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9005 \(fn)" t nil)
9007 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9008 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9010 \(fn)" t nil)
9012 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9013 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9015 \(fn)" t nil)
9017 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9018 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9020 \(fn)" t nil)
9022 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9023 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9025 \(fn)" t nil)
9027 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9028 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9030 \(fn)" t nil)
9032 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9033 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9035 \(fn)" t nil)
9037 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9038 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9040 \(fn)" t nil)
9042 ;;;***
9044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21187 63826 213216
9045 ;;;;;; 0))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9047 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9049 ;;;***
9051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21187
9052 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9053 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9054 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9056 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9057 Show who's gone.
9059 \(fn)" nil nil)
9061 ;;;***
9063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21187
9064 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9065 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9067 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9068 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9069 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9070 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9072 \(fn)" nil nil)
9074 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9075 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9077 \(fn)" t nil)
9079 ;;;***
9081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21187 63826
9082 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9083 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9084 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9086 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9087 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9088 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9089 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9091 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9093 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9096 \(fn)" nil nil)
9098 ;;;***
9100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21187 63826 213216
9101 ;;;;;; 0))
9102 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9103 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9105 ;;;***
9107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21187
9108 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9109 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9110 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9112 ;;;***
9114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21187 63826
9115 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9116 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9117 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9119 ;;;***
9121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21187 63826 213216
9122 ;;;;;; 0))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9124 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9126 ;;;***
9128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21187
9129 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9130 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9131 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9133 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9134 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9136 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9138 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9139 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9140 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9142 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9144 ;;;***
9146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21187 63826
9147 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9148 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9149 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9151 ;;;***
9153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21187
9154 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9155 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9157 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9158 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9159 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9161 \(fn)" t nil)
9163 ;;;***
9165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21187
9166 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9168 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9170 ;;;***
9172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21187 63826
9173 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9175 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9177 ;;;***
9179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21187 63826
9180 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9181 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9183 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9184 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9185 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9187 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9189 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9190 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9191 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9192 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9193 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9195 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9196 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9197 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9198 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9201 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9203 ;;;***
9205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21187
9206 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9208 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9210 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9211 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9212 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9213 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9215 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9217 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9218 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9219 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9221 \(fn)" t nil)
9223 ;;;***
9225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21187 63826 213216
9226 ;;;;;; 0))
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9228 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9230 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9231 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9233 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9235 ;;;***
9237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21187 63826 213216
9238 ;;;;;; 0))
9239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9241 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9242 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9244 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9245 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9247 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9248 useful for assertions in BODY.
9250 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9252 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9253 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9254 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9256 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9258 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9260 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9262 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9263 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9265 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9266 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9267 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9268 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9270 Returns the stats object.
9272 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9274 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9275 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9277 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9278 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9279 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9280 the tests).
9282 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9284 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9285 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9287 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9288 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9289 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9290 and how to display message.
9292 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9294 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9296 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9297 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9299 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9301 ;;;***
9303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21187 63826
9304 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9307 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9309 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9310 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9312 \(fn)" t nil)
9314 ;;;***
9316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21213 1461
9317 ;;;;;; 513511 0))
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9320 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9321 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9323 \(fn)" t nil)
9325 ;;;***
9327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21187 63826 213216
9328 ;;;;;; 0))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9330 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9332 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9333 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9334 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9335 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9336 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9337 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9338 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9339 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9340 buffer selected (or created).
9342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9344 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9345 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9346 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9348 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9350 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9351 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9352 The result might be any Lisp object.
9353 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9354 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9355 corresponding to a successful execution.
9357 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9359 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9361 ;;;***
9363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21187 63826 213216
9364 ;;;;;; 0))
9365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9367 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9368 File name of tags table.
9369 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9370 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9371 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9372 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9373 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9375 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9376 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9377 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9378 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9380 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9382 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9383 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9384 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9385 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9386 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9387 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9389 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9391 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9392 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9393 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9395 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9397 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9398 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9399 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9400 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9401 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9403 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9405 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9406 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9407 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9408 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9410 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9412 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9413 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9414 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9415 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9416 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9418 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9420 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9421 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9423 \(fn)" t nil)
9425 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9426 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9427 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9428 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9430 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9431 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9432 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9433 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9434 file the tag was in.
9436 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9438 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9439 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9440 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9441 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9442 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9443 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9444 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9445 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9446 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9448 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9450 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9451 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9452 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9453 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9454 without directory names.
9456 \(fn)" nil nil)
9457 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9458 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9459 (progn
9460 (load "etags")
9461 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9463 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9464 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9465 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9466 but does not select the buffer.
9467 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9469 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9470 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9471 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9472 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9473 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9475 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9477 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9478 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9479 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9481 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9483 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9485 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9486 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9487 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9488 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9490 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9491 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9492 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9493 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9494 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9496 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9498 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9499 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9500 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9502 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9504 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9505 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9507 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9508 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9509 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9510 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9511 around or before point.
9513 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9514 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9515 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9516 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9517 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9519 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9521 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9522 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9523 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9525 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9527 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9528 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9530 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9531 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9532 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9533 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9534 around or before point.
9536 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9537 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9538 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9539 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9540 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9542 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9544 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9545 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9546 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9548 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9550 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9551 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9553 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9554 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9555 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9557 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9558 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9559 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9560 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9561 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9563 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9565 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9566 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9567 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9569 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9571 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9572 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9573 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9575 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9576 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9578 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9579 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9580 where they were found.
9582 \(fn)" t nil)
9584 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9585 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9587 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9588 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9589 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9591 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9592 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9594 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9595 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9597 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9599 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9600 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9601 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9602 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9604 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9605 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9606 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9607 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9608 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9610 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9611 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9613 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9614 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9615 Stops when a match is found.
9616 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9618 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9619 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9620 restricted to these files.
9622 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9624 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9626 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9627 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9628 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9629 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9630 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9631 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9632 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9633 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9635 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9636 produce the list of files to search.
9638 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9640 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9642 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9643 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9644 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9645 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9646 directory specification.
9648 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9650 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9651 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9653 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9655 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9656 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9657 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9658 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9660 \(fn)" t nil)
9662 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9663 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9664 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9665 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9666 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9668 \(fn)" t nil)
9670 ;;;***
9672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21187
9673 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9674 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9676 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9679 \(fn)" nil nil)
9681 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9682 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9684 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9685 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9687 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9688 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9689 primary language.
9691 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9692 even if the buffer is read-only.
9694 See also the descriptions of the variables
9695 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9697 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9699 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9700 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9702 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9703 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9705 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9706 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9707 primary language.
9709 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9710 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9712 See also the descriptions of the variables
9713 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9715 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9717 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9718 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9719 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9720 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9722 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9724 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9725 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9726 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9727 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9729 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9730 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9731 primary language.
9733 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9734 buffer is read-only.
9736 See also the descriptions of the variables
9737 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9738 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9740 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9742 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9743 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9745 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9746 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9748 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9749 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9750 the primary language.
9752 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9753 buffer is read-only.
9755 See also the descriptions of the variables
9756 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9757 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9759 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9761 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9762 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9763 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9765 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9767 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9768 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9770 \(fn)" t nil)
9772 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9773 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9775 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9776 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9777 be 1, 2, or 3.
9779 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9780 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9781 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9783 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9785 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9787 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9788 This function is deprecated.
9790 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9792 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9793 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9795 \(fn)" t nil)
9797 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9798 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9800 \(fn)" t nil)
9802 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9803 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9805 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9806 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9808 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9809 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9811 \(fn)" nil nil)
9813 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9814 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9816 \(fn)" nil nil)
9818 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9819 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9821 \(fn)" nil nil)
9823 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9824 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9826 \(fn)" nil nil)
9828 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9829 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9830 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9832 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9834 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9837 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9839 ;;;***
9841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9842 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9844 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9845 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9846 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9847 server for future sessions.
9849 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9851 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9852 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9853 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9855 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9857 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9858 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9859 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9861 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9863 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9864 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9865 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9866 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9867 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9868 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9869 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9870 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9871 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9872 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9873 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9874 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9876 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9878 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9879 Display a form to query the directory server.
9880 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9881 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9883 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9885 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9886 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9887 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9889 \(fn)" t nil)
9891 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9893 ;;;***
9895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21187 63826 213216
9896 ;;;;;; 0))
9897 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9899 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9900 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9902 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9904 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9905 Display URL and make it clickable.
9907 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9909 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9910 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9912 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9914 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9915 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9917 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9919 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9920 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9922 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9924 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9925 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9927 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9929 ;;;***
9931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21187 63826
9932 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9933 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9935 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9936 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9937 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9939 \(fn)" t nil)
9941 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9942 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9944 \(fn)" t nil)
9946 ;;;***
9948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21187
9949 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9952 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9953 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9955 \(fn)" t nil)
9957 ;;;***
9959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
9960 ;;;;;; 0))
9961 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9963 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9964 Create an empty ewoc.
9966 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9968 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9969 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9970 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9971 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9972 `insert-before-markers'.
9974 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9975 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9976 respectively, of the ewoc.
9978 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9979 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9980 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9982 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9984 ;;;***
9986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21220 61111 156047 0))
9987 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9989 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9990 Fetch URL and render the page.
9991 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9992 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9994 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9995 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9997 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9998 Render a file using EWW.
10000 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10002 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10005 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10007 ;;;***
10009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21187
10010 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
10011 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10013 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10014 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10015 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10017 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10019 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10020 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10021 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10022 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10023 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10025 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10027 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10028 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10029 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10030 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10031 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10032 executable.
10034 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10036 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10037 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10038 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10040 \(fn)" t nil)
10042 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10043 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10044 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10045 file modes.
10047 \(fn)" nil nil)
10049 ;;;***
10051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
10052 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10054 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10055 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10056 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10057 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10059 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10061 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10062 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10063 to generate such functions.
10065 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10066 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10067 beginning of the expanded text.
10069 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10070 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10071 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10072 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10074 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10076 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10078 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10079 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10080 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10082 \(fn)" nil nil)
10084 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10085 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10086 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10088 \(fn)" t nil)
10090 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10091 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10092 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10094 \(fn)" t nil)
10095 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10096 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10098 ;;;***
10100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21187 63826 213216
10101 ;;;;;; 0))
10102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10104 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10105 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10106 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10108 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10109 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10110 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10112 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10114 Key definitions:
10115 \\{f90-mode-map}
10117 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10119 `f90-do-indent'
10120 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10121 `f90-if-indent'
10122 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10123 `f90-type-indent'
10124 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10125 `f90-program-indent'
10126 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10127 (default 2).
10128 `f90-associate-indent'
10129 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10130 `f90-critical-indent'
10131 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10132 `f90-continuation-indent'
10133 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10134 `f90-comment-region'
10135 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10136 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10137 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10138 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10139 (default \"!\").
10140 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10141 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10142 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10143 `f90-break-delimiters'
10144 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10145 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10146 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10147 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10148 (default t).
10149 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10150 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10151 `f90-smart-end'
10152 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10153 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10154 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10155 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10156 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10157 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10158 `f90-leave-line-no'
10159 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10161 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10162 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10164 \(fn)" t nil)
10166 ;;;***
10168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21187 63826 213216
10169 ;;;;;; 0))
10170 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10172 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10173 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10174 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10175 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10177 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10178 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10179 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10180 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10181 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10183 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10184 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10185 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10186 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10187 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10188 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10189 attributes.
10191 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10192 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10194 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10196 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10197 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10198 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10199 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10201 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10203 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10204 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10205 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10206 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10208 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10209 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10210 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10212 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10213 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10214 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10215 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10217 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10219 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10220 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10221 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10223 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10224 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10225 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10226 the same amount).
10228 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10230 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10231 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10232 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10234 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10235 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10236 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10237 will remove any scaling currently active.
10239 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10241 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10242 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10243 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10245 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10246 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10247 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10248 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10249 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10251 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10252 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10254 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10256 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10257 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10259 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10260 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10261 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10263 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10264 the face height as long as the input event read
10265 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10267 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10268 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10269 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10270 will remove any scaling currently active.
10272 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10273 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10274 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10275 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10276 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10278 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10280 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10281 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10282 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10283 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10284 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10285 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10289 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10290 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10291 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10292 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10293 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10294 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10295 `buffer-face-mode'.
10297 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10298 local, and sets it to FACE.
10300 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10302 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10303 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10304 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10305 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10306 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10307 `face' text property.
10309 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10310 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10311 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10312 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10314 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10315 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10317 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10319 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10320 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10321 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10322 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10326 ;;;***
10328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10329 ;;;;;; 0))
10330 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10331 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10333 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10334 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10335 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10336 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10338 \(fn)" nil nil)
10340 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10341 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10345 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10346 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10347 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10348 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10352 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10353 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10354 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10355 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10356 backup file names and the like).
10358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10360 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10361 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10362 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10363 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10364 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10365 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10366 internally by feedmail):
10368 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10369 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10370 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10371 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10373 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10374 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10375 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10376 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10377 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10379 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10381 ;;;***
10383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
10384 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10386 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10387 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10388 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10389 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10390 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10391 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10392 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10394 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10396 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10397 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10398 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10399 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10400 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10401 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10402 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10404 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10406 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10408 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10409 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10410 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10411 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10412 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10413 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10415 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10417 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10418 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10419 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10420 Return value:
10421 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10422 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10423 * otherwise, nil
10425 \(fn E)" t nil)
10427 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10428 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10429 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10431 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10433 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10434 Try to get a file name at point.
10435 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10437 \(fn)" nil nil)
10439 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10440 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10442 \(fn)" t nil)
10444 ;;;***
10446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21187 63826 213216
10447 ;;;;;; 0))
10448 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10450 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10451 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10452 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10453 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10455 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10457 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10458 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10459 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10460 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10461 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10462 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10464 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10466 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10467 Add FILE to the file cache.
10469 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10471 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10472 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10473 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10475 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10477 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10478 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10479 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10481 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10483 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10484 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10485 This function does not use any external programs.
10486 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10487 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10488 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10490 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10492 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10493 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10494 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10495 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10496 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10497 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10498 \(directories) is done.
10500 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10502 ;;;***
10504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21187 63826 213216
10505 ;;;;;; 0))
10506 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10508 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10509 Handle file system monitoring event.
10510 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10511 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10513 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10515 ;;;***
10517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21187 63826 213216
10518 ;;;;;; 0))
10519 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10521 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10522 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10524 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10525 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10526 Local Variables list.
10528 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10529 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10530 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10532 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10534 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10535 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10537 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10539 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10540 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10542 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10543 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10544 the -*- line.
10546 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10547 then this function adds it.
10549 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10551 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10552 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10554 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10556 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10557 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10559 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10561 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10562 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10564 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10566 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10567 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10569 \(fn)" t nil)
10571 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10572 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10574 \(fn)" t nil)
10576 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10577 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10579 \(fn)" t nil)
10581 ;;;***
10583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21194 37048 599945
10584 ;;;;;; 0))
10585 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10587 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10588 Filesets initialization.
10589 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10591 \(fn)" nil nil)
10593 ;;;***
10595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21187 63826 213216
10596 ;;;;;; 0))
10597 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10598 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10600 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10601 Initiate the building of a find command.
10602 For example:
10604 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10605 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10606 (mtime \"+1\"))
10607 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10609 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10610 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10612 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10614 ;;;***
10616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21187 63826 213216
10617 ;;;;;; 0))
10618 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10620 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10621 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10622 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10624 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10626 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10627 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10629 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10631 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10632 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10633 and run dired on those files.
10634 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10635 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10637 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10639 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10641 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10642 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10643 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10645 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10646 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10648 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10649 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10651 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10653 ;;;***
10655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
10656 ;;;;;; 0))
10657 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10659 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10660 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10661 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10662 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10663 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10664 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10665 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10667 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10669 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10670 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10671 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10673 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10675 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10677 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10679 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10680 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10681 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10683 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10684 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10686 Variables of interest include:
10688 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10689 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10690 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10692 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10693 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10694 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10696 - `ff-ignore-include'
10697 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10699 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10700 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10702 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10703 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10705 - `ff-special-constructs'
10706 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10707 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10708 extracting the filename from that construct.
10710 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10711 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10713 - `ff-search-directories'
10714 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10715 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10717 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10718 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10720 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10721 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10723 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10724 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10726 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10727 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10729 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10730 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10732 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10734 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10735 Visit the file you click on.
10737 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10739 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10740 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10742 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10744 ;;;***
10746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21187
10747 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
10748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10750 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10751 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10752 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10754 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10756 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10757 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10758 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10759 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10761 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10762 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10763 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10764 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10766 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10768 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10769 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10771 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10772 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10773 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10774 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10776 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10777 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10778 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10780 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10781 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10782 in `load-path'.
10784 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10786 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10787 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10789 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10790 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10791 places point before the definition.
10792 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10794 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10795 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10796 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10798 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10800 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10801 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10803 See `find-function' for more details.
10805 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10807 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10808 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10810 See `find-function' for more details.
10812 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10814 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10815 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10817 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10818 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10819 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10821 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10822 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10824 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10826 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10827 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10829 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10830 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10831 places point before the definition.
10833 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10835 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10836 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10837 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10839 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10841 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10842 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10844 See `find-variable' for more details.
10846 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10848 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10849 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10851 See `find-variable' for more details.
10853 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10855 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10856 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10857 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10858 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10859 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10860 buffer nor display it.
10862 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10863 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10865 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10867 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10868 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10870 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10871 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10872 places point before the definition.
10874 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10876 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10877 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10878 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10880 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10882 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10883 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10884 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10886 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10888 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10889 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10891 \(fn)" t nil)
10893 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10894 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10896 \(fn)" t nil)
10898 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10899 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10901 \(fn)" nil nil)
10903 ;;;***
10905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
10906 ;;;;;; 0))
10907 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10909 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10910 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10912 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10914 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10915 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10917 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10919 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10920 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10922 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10924 ;;;***
10926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10928 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10930 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10931 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10933 \(fn)" t nil)
10935 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10936 Display FILE's commentary section.
10937 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10939 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10941 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10942 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10944 \(fn)" t nil)
10946 ;;;***
10948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21187 63826 213216
10949 ;;;;;; 0))
10950 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10952 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10953 Toggle flow control handling.
10954 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10955 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10957 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10959 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10960 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10961 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10962 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10963 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10964 to get the effect of a C-q.
10966 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10968 ;;;***
10970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21187 63826
10971 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
10972 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10974 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10977 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10979 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10982 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10984 ;;;***
10986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21220 61111
10987 ;;;;;; 156047 0))
10988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10989 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10991 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10992 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10993 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10994 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10995 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10996 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11000 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11001 Turn flymake mode on.
11003 \(fn)" nil nil)
11005 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11006 Turn flymake mode off.
11008 \(fn)" nil nil)
11010 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11013 \(fn)" nil nil)
11015 ;;;***
11017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21187 63826
11018 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11019 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11021 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11022 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11024 \(fn)" t nil)
11025 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11027 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11028 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11030 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11031 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11033 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11034 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11035 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11037 Bindings:
11038 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11039 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11040 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11041 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11043 Hooks:
11044 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11046 Remark:
11047 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11048 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11049 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11051 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11052 consider adding:
11053 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11054 in your init file.
11056 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11057 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11061 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11062 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11064 \(fn)" nil nil)
11066 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11067 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11069 \(fn)" nil nil)
11071 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11072 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11074 \(fn)" nil nil)
11076 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11077 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11079 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11081 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11082 Flyspell whole buffer.
11084 \(fn)" t nil)
11086 ;;;***
11088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21187 63826 213216
11089 ;;;;;; 0))
11090 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11091 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11093 ;;;***
11095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21207 49087 974317 0))
11096 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11098 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11099 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11101 \(fn)" nil nil)
11103 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11104 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11106 \(fn)" nil nil)
11108 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11109 Toggle Follow mode.
11110 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11111 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11112 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11114 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11115 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11117 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11118 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11119 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11121 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11122 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11123 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11124 movement commands.
11126 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11127 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11128 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11129 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11130 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11131 mileage may vary).
11133 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11134 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11136 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11138 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11140 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11141 \\{follow-mode-map}
11143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11145 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11146 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11148 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11149 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11150 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11151 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11152 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11153 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11155 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11156 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11157 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11161 ;;;***
11163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21187 63826
11164 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11165 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11166 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11168 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11169 Toggle Footnote mode.
11170 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11171 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11172 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11174 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11175 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11176 play around with the following keys:
11177 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11181 ;;;***
11183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
11184 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11186 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11187 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11189 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11190 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11191 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11192 C-c < forms-first-record <
11193 C-c > forms-last-record >
11194 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11195 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11196 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11197 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11198 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11199 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11200 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11201 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11202 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11203 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11205 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11207 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11208 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11210 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11212 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11213 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11215 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11217 ;;;***
11219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21187 63826
11220 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11221 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11223 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11224 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11225 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11227 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11228 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11230 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11232 Key definitions:
11233 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11235 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11237 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11238 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11239 `fortran-do-indent'
11240 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11241 `fortran-if-indent'
11242 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11243 `fortran-structure-indent'
11244 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11245 (default 3)
11246 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11247 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11248 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11249 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11250 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11251 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11252 nil don't change the indentation
11253 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11254 value of either
11255 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11256 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11257 depending on the continuation format in use.
11258 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11259 indentation for a line of code.
11260 (default 'fixed)
11261 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11262 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11263 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11264 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11265 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11266 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11267 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11268 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11269 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11270 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11271 column 5.
11272 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11273 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11274 statements (default nil).
11275 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11276 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11277 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11278 `fortran-continuation-string'
11279 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11280 line (default \"$\").
11281 `fortran-comment-region'
11282 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11283 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11284 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11285 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11286 as typed (default t).
11287 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11288 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11290 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11291 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11293 \(fn)" t nil)
11295 ;;;***
11297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21187 63826 213216
11298 ;;;;;; 0))
11299 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11301 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11302 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11304 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11305 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11307 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11309 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11310 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11312 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11313 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11315 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11317 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11318 Compile fortune file.
11320 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11321 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11323 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11325 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11326 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11328 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11329 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11330 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11331 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11333 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11335 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11336 Display a fortune cookie.
11337 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11338 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11339 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11340 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11342 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11344 ;;;***
11346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21187 63826 213216
11347 ;;;;;; 0))
11348 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11350 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11351 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11352 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11354 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11355 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11356 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11358 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11359 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11361 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11362 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11364 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11365 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11366 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11367 intend to modify existing values, do
11369 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11371 before changing anything.
11373 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11374 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11376 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11377 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11378 to restore the frame.
11380 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11381 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11382 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11384 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11385 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11386 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11387 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11388 FILTER A filter function.
11390 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11391 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11393 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11395 where
11397 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11398 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11399 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11400 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11401 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11402 before restoring it.
11403 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11405 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11406 It must return:
11407 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11408 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11409 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11411 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11412 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11414 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11415 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11416 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11417 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11418 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11419 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11420 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11422 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11424 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11425 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11427 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11429 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11430 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11431 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11432 If nil, check all live frames.
11434 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11436 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11437 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11438 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11439 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11440 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11441 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11442 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11443 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11444 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11445 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11446 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11448 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11450 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11451 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11453 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11454 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11455 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11456 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11457 and window-state is not restored.
11459 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11460 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11462 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to use to reuse frames when restoring:
11463 t Reuse existing frames if possible, and delete those not reused.
11464 nil Restore frameset in new frames and delete existing frames.
11465 :keep Restore frameset in new frames and keep the existing ones.
11466 LIST A list of frames to reuse; only these are reused (if possible).
11467 Remaining frames in this list are deleted; other frames not
11468 included on the list are left untouched.
11470 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11471 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11472 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11473 :delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11474 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11475 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11476 `:delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11477 be created from that parameter alist.
11479 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11480 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11481 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11482 :all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11483 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11484 - the live frame just restored,
11485 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11486 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11487 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11489 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11490 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11491 being restored before that happens; and FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11492 it has been restored.
11494 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11496 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN)" nil nil)
11498 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11499 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11500 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11501 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11503 \(fn REGISTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
11505 ;;;***
11507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21187 63826
11508 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11509 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11510 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11512 ;;;***
11514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21187 63826
11515 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11518 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11519 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11520 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11522 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11524 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11525 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11526 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11527 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11528 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11529 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11530 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11534 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11535 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11536 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11537 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11539 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11540 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11541 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11542 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11543 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11545 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11546 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11547 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11548 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11550 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11551 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11552 shown in some of the buffers.
11554 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11556 The following commands help control operation :
11558 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11559 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11561 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11562 detailed description of this mode.
11565 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11566 | GDB Toolbar |
11567 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11568 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11569 | | |
11570 | | |
11571 | | |
11572 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11573 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11574 | | (comint-mode) |
11575 | | |
11576 | | |
11577 | | |
11578 | | |
11579 | | |
11580 | | |
11581 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11582 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11583 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11584 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11585 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11586 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11588 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11590 ;;;***
11592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21202 31159
11593 ;;;;;; 541460 0))
11594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11596 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11597 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11598 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11599 instead (which see).")
11601 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11602 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11604 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11605 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11606 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11607 documentation string instead.
11609 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11610 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11611 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11612 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11613 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11614 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11615 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11616 enders are actually possible.
11618 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11619 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11621 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11622 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11623 `font-lock-keywords'.
11625 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11626 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11627 runs the macro expansion.
11629 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11630 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11631 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11633 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11635 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11637 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11639 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11641 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11642 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11644 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11646 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11647 Enter generic mode MODE.
11649 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11650 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11651 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11653 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11654 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11656 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11658 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11659 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11660 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11661 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11662 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11663 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11664 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11665 `font-lock-keywords'.
11667 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11669 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11671 ;;;***
11673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21187 63826
11674 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11677 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11678 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11679 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11680 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11681 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11682 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11686 ;;;***
11688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21197 43194
11689 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
11690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11692 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11693 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11694 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11696 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11698 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11699 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11701 Guideline for numbers:
11702 1 - error messages
11703 3 - non-serious error messages
11704 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11705 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11706 9 - messages inside loops.
11708 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11710 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11711 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11712 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11714 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11716 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11717 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11719 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11721 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11722 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11724 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11725 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11726 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11727 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11728 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11729 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11731 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11732 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11733 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11734 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11735 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11737 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11739 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11741 ;;;***
11743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
11744 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11745 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11746 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11747 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11749 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11750 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11754 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11755 Read network news.
11756 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11757 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11758 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11759 name of an NNTP server to use.
11760 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11761 server.
11763 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11765 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11766 Read news as a slave.
11768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11770 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11771 Pop up a frame to read news.
11772 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11773 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11774 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11775 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11776 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11777 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11778 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11779 current display is used.
11781 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11783 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11784 Read network news.
11785 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11786 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11787 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11789 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11791 ;;;***
11793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21187 63826
11794 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11795 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11797 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11798 Start Gnus unplugged.
11800 \(fn)" t nil)
11802 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11803 Start Gnus plugged.
11805 \(fn)" t nil)
11807 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11808 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11812 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11813 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11815 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11816 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11817 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11819 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11820 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11821 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11823 \(fn)" t nil)
11825 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11826 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11828 \(fn)" nil nil)
11830 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11831 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11832 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11833 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11834 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11835 supported.
11837 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11839 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11840 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11841 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11842 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11843 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11844 supported.
11846 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11848 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11849 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11851 \(fn)" nil nil)
11853 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11854 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11855 downloaded into the agent.
11857 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11859 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11860 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11861 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11862 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11864 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11866 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11867 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11869 \(fn)" t nil)
11871 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11872 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11874 \(fn)" t nil)
11876 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11877 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11878 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11880 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11882 ;;;***
11884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21227 851 585414
11885 ;;;;;; 0))
11886 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11888 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11889 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11891 \(fn)" nil nil)
11893 ;;;***
11895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21187
11896 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
11897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11899 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11900 Set a bookmark for this article.
11902 \(fn)" t nil)
11904 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11905 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11907 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11909 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11910 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11911 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11912 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11913 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11915 \(fn)" t nil)
11917 ;;;***
11919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21187 63826
11920 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11923 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11924 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11926 Usage:
11927 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11929 \(fn)" t nil)
11931 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11932 Generate the cache active file.
11934 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11936 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11937 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11939 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11941 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11942 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11943 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11944 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11945 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11946 supported.
11948 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11950 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11951 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11952 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11953 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11954 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11955 supported.
11957 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11959 ;;;***
11961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21187 63826
11962 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11963 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11965 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11966 Delay this article by some time.
11967 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11969 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11970 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11972 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11973 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11975 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11976 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11978 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11980 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11981 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11983 \(fn)" t nil)
11985 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11986 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11987 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11988 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11990 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11991 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11993 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11995 ;;;***
11997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21187 63826
11998 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12001 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12004 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12006 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12009 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12011 ;;;***
12013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21187 63826
12014 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12017 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12018 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12020 \(fn)" t nil)
12022 ;;;***
12024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21187 63826
12025 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12028 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12029 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12031 \(fn)" t nil)
12033 ;;;***
12035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21187 63826
12036 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12039 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12040 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12042 \(fn)" t nil)
12044 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12045 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12047 \(fn)" t nil)
12049 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12050 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12052 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12053 different input formats.
12055 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12057 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12058 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12060 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12061 different input formats.
12063 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12065 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12066 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12067 The PNG is returned as a string.
12069 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12071 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12072 Convert FILE to a Face.
12073 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12074 726 bytes.
12076 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12078 ;;;***
12080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21187
12081 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
12082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12084 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12085 Display gravatar in the From header.
12086 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12088 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12090 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12091 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12092 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12094 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12096 ;;;***
12098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21187 63826
12099 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12102 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12103 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12104 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12105 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12107 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12109 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12110 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12112 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12114 ;;;***
12116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21187 63826
12117 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12120 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12123 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12125 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12128 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12130 ;;;***
12132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21187 63826
12133 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12136 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12138 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12139 Run batched scoring.
12140 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12142 \(fn)" t nil)
12144 ;;;***
12146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21187 63826 213216
12147 ;;;;;; 0))
12148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12150 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12153 \(fn)" nil nil)
12155 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12156 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12157 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12159 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12161 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12162 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12164 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12168 ;;;***
12170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21187 63826
12171 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12174 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12175 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12176 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12177 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12178 group parameters.
12180 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12181 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12182 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12183 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12185 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12186 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12187 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12188 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12189 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12190 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12191 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12192 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12193 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12194 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12196 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12198 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12199 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12200 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12201 nil CATCH-ALL).
12203 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12204 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12206 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12208 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12209 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12210 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12212 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12214 \(fn)" nil nil)
12216 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12217 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12218 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12220 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12222 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12223 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12224 existing groups are considered.
12226 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12227 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12228 returned.
12230 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12231 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12232 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12233 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12234 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12235 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12236 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12237 clauses will be generated.
12239 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12240 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12241 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12242 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12243 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12244 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12246 For example, given the following group parameters:
12248 nnml:mail.bar:
12249 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12250 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12251 nnml:mail.foo:
12252 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12253 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12254 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12255 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12256 nnml:mail.others:
12257 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12259 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12261 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12262 \"mail.bar\")
12263 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12264 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12265 \"mail.others\")
12267 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12269 ;;;***
12271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21187 63826
12272 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12275 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12276 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12277 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12278 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12279 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12280 instead.
12282 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12284 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12285 Mail to ADDRESS.
12287 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12289 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12290 Like `message-reply'.
12292 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12294 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12296 ;;;***
12298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12299 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
12300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12302 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12303 Send a notification on new message.
12304 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12305 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12306 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12308 This is typically a function to add in
12309 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12311 \(fn)" nil nil)
12313 ;;;***
12315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21187 63826
12316 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12319 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12320 Display picons in the From header.
12321 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12323 \(fn)" t nil)
12325 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12326 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12327 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12329 \(fn)" t nil)
12331 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12332 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12333 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12335 \(fn)" t nil)
12337 ;;;***
12339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21187 63826
12340 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12343 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12344 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12345 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12346 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12348 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12350 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12351 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12352 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12353 LIST1 is modified.
12355 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12357 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12358 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12359 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12361 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12363 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12366 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12368 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12369 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12370 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12372 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12374 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12375 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12376 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12378 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12380 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12382 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12383 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12384 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12386 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12388 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12389 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12390 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12392 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12394 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12395 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12396 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12398 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12400 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12401 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12403 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12405 ;;;***
12407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21187
12408 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
12409 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12411 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12412 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12414 \(fn)" t nil)
12416 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12417 Install the registry hooks.
12419 \(fn)" t nil)
12421 ;;;***
12423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21187 63826
12424 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12427 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12428 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12429 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12430 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12431 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12432 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12434 \(fn)" t nil)
12436 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12437 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12438 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12439 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12440 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12442 \(fn)" t nil)
12444 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12447 \(fn)" t nil)
12449 ;;;***
12451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21187 63826
12452 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12455 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12456 Update the format specification near point.
12458 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12460 ;;;***
12462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21187 63826
12463 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12466 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12467 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12469 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12471 ;;;***
12473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21227 851 585414
12474 ;;;;;; 0))
12475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12477 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12478 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12479 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12481 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12483 ;;;***
12485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21187 63826
12486 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12489 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12490 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12492 \(fn)" t nil)
12494 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12495 Install the sync hooks.
12497 \(fn)" t nil)
12499 ;;;***
12501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21187 63826
12502 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12505 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12506 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12508 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12510 ;;;***
12512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21187 63826 213216
12513 ;;;;;; 0))
12514 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12516 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12517 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12518 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12519 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12520 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12521 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12523 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12525 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12527 ;;;***
12529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21187 63826 213216
12530 ;;;;;; 0))
12531 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12533 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12534 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12536 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12537 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12538 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12540 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12541 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12542 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12544 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12545 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12547 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12548 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12550 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12552 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12554 ;;;***
12556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21187 63826
12557 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12558 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12560 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12562 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12563 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12564 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12565 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12566 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12568 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12570 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12571 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12572 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12573 or to send e-mail.
12574 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12575 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12577 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12578 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12580 \(fn)" t nil)
12581 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12583 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12584 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12585 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12586 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12587 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12591 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12592 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12596 ;;;***
12598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21187 63826
12599 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12600 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12602 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12603 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12604 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12606 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12608 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12609 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12611 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12613 ;;;***
12615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21187 63826 213216
12616 ;;;;;; 0))
12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12619 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12620 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12622 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12624 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12625 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12626 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12627 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12628 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12630 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12631 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12632 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12634 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12636 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12637 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12638 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12639 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12640 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12642 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12644 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12645 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12647 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12649 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12650 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12652 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12653 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12654 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12656 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12657 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12658 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12660 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12661 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12662 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12663 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12665 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12666 How to invoke find and grep.
12667 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12668 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12669 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12670 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12672 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12674 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12675 History list for grep.")
12677 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12678 History list for grep-find.")
12680 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12681 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12682 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12684 \(fn)" nil nil)
12686 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12689 \(fn)" nil nil)
12691 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12692 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12694 \(fn)" nil nil)
12696 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12697 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12698 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12699 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12700 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12702 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12703 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12705 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12706 can easily repeat a grep command.
12708 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12709 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12710 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12711 list is empty).
12713 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12715 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12716 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12717 Collect output in a buffer.
12718 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12719 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12721 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12722 easily repeat a find command.
12724 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12726 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12728 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12729 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12730 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12731 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12732 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12734 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12735 before it is executed.
12736 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12738 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12739 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12740 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12742 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12744 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12746 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12747 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12748 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12749 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12750 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12752 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12753 before it is executed.
12754 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12756 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12757 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12758 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12759 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12761 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12763 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12764 to specify a command to run.
12766 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12768 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12769 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12770 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12771 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12773 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12775 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12777 ;;;***
12779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
12780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12782 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12783 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12784 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12785 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12786 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12788 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12790 ;;;***
12792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21207 49087 974317
12793 ;;;;;; 0))
12794 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12796 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12797 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12798 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12799 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12801 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12803 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12804 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12805 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12806 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12808 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12810 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12811 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12812 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12813 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12815 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12817 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12818 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12819 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12820 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12822 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12823 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12825 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12827 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12828 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12829 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12830 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12832 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12834 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12835 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12836 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12837 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12839 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12841 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12842 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12843 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12844 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12845 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12847 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12848 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12849 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12850 original source file access method.
12852 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12853 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12855 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12857 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12858 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12860 \(fn)" t nil)
12862 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12863 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12864 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12865 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12866 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12867 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12869 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12871 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12872 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12875 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12879 ;;;***
12881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21187 63826 213216
12882 ;;;;;; 0))
12883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12885 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12886 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12887 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12888 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12889 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12890 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12891 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12892 set it to.
12893 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12895 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12897 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12898 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12899 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12900 of PLACE.
12901 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12902 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12903 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12904 and SETTER.
12905 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12906 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12908 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12910 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12912 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12913 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12914 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12915 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12916 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12918 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12920 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12922 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12925 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12927 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12929 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12931 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12932 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12933 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12934 well for simple place forms.
12935 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12936 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12937 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12938 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12939 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12940 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12941 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12943 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12945 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12947 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12948 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12949 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12950 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12951 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12953 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12954 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12955 (let ((temp VAL))
12956 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12957 temp)
12958 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12960 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12962 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12963 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12964 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12965 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12966 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12967 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12969 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12971 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12973 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12974 Return a reference to PLACE.
12975 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12976 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12977 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12978 binding mode.
12980 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12982 ;;;***
12984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21207 49087
12985 ;;;;;; 974317 0))
12986 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12988 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12989 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12990 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12991 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12993 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12994 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12995 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12996 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12998 \(fn)" t nil)
13000 ;;;***
13002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (20478 3673 653810
13003 ;;;;;; 0))
13004 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13006 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13007 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13009 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13011 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13012 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13013 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13014 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13016 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13018 \(fn)" t nil)
13020 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13021 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13022 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13023 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13024 to be updated.
13026 \(fn)" t nil)
13028 ;;;***
13030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21187 63826
13031 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
13032 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13034 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13035 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13037 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13039 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13040 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13041 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13043 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13045 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13046 Verify a hashcash payment
13048 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13050 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13051 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13052 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13053 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13054 `mail-add-payment-async').
13056 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13058 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13059 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13060 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13061 Calculation is asynchronous.
13063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13065 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13066 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13067 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13071 ;;;***
13073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21187 63826 213216
13074 ;;;;;; 0))
13075 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13077 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13078 Return the help-echo string at point.
13079 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13080 property, or nil, is returned.
13081 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13082 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13083 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13085 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13087 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13088 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13089 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13090 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13091 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13093 \(fn)" nil nil)
13095 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13096 Display local help in the echo area.
13097 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13098 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13099 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13100 printed instead.
13102 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13103 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13104 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13108 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13109 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13110 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13112 \(fn)" t nil)
13114 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13115 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13116 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13118 \(fn)" t nil)
13120 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13121 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13122 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13123 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13124 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13125 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13126 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13127 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13128 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13129 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13130 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13132 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13133 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13134 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13135 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13136 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13138 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13139 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13140 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13141 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13142 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13143 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13144 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13145 The default is `never'.")
13147 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13149 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13150 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13151 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13152 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13153 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13154 considered different regions.
13156 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13157 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13158 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13159 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13160 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13161 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13162 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13163 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13164 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13166 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13168 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13169 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13170 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13171 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13172 different regions.
13174 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13175 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13176 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13177 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13178 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13179 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13180 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13181 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13183 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13184 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13185 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13186 rarely happens in practice.
13188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13190 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13191 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13192 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13193 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13194 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13195 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13199 ;;;***
13201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21198 34110 565653
13202 ;;;;;; 0))
13203 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13205 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13206 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13208 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13210 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13211 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13212 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13214 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13216 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13217 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13218 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13219 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13220 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13221 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13222 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13223 search for a function definition.
13225 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13226 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13227 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13228 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13229 suitable file is found, return nil.
13231 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13233 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13236 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13238 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13239 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13240 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13241 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13243 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13245 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13246 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13247 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13248 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13249 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13250 it is displayed along with the global value.
13252 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13254 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13255 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13256 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13257 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13259 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13261 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13262 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13263 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13264 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13265 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13267 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13269 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13270 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13272 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13274 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13275 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13277 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13279 ;;;***
13281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21187 63826 213216
13282 ;;;;;; 0))
13283 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13285 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13286 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13287 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13288 window listing and describing the options.
13289 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13290 gives the window that lists the options.")
13292 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13294 ;;;***
13296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21187 63826 213216
13297 ;;;;;; 0))
13298 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13300 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13301 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13302 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13303 Commands:
13304 \\{help-mode-map}
13306 \(fn)" t nil)
13308 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13311 \(fn)" nil nil)
13313 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13316 \(fn)" nil nil)
13318 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13319 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13321 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13322 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13323 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13324 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13326 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13327 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13328 restore it properly when going back.
13330 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13332 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13333 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13334 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13335 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13336 from `help-mode'.
13337 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13338 it does not already exist.
13340 \(fn)" nil nil)
13342 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13343 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13345 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13346 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13347 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13348 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13349 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13350 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13351 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13352 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13354 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13355 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13356 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13357 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13359 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13360 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13361 that.
13363 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13365 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13366 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13367 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13368 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13369 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13370 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13372 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13374 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13375 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13376 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13377 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13378 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13380 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13382 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13383 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13385 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13387 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13388 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13389 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13390 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13392 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13394 ;;;***
13396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21187 63826
13397 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
13398 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13400 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13401 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13403 \(fn)" t nil)
13405 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13406 Provide help for current mode.
13408 \(fn)" t nil)
13410 ;;;***
13412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21226 13501 706948 0))
13413 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13415 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13416 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13417 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13418 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13419 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13421 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13422 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13424 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13425 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13426 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13427 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13429 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13430 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13431 periods.
13433 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13434 in hexl format.
13436 A sample format:
13438 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13439 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13440 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13441 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13442 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13443 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13444 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13445 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13446 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13447 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13448 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13449 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13450 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13451 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13452 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13454 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13455 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13456 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13458 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13459 also supported.
13461 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13463 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13464 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13465 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13467 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13468 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13469 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13471 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13472 into the buffer at the current point.
13474 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13475 into the buffer at the current point.
13477 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13478 into the buffer at the current point.
13480 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13482 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13483 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13485 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13487 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13491 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13492 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13493 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13494 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13496 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13498 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13499 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13500 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13502 \(fn)" t nil)
13504 ;;;***
13506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21187 63826 213216
13507 ;;;;;; 0))
13508 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13510 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13511 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13516 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13517 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13518 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13519 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13521 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13522 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13523 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13524 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13526 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13527 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13528 which can be called interactively, are:
13530 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13531 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13533 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13534 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13535 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13536 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13538 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13539 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13541 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13542 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13543 available face automatically.
13545 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13546 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13548 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13549 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13550 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13551 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13552 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13553 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13554 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13555 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13556 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13557 function returns t.
13559 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13560 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13562 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13563 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13564 form:
13565 Hi-lock: FOO
13567 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13568 position (number of characters into buffer)
13569 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13570 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13571 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13575 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13576 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13577 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13579 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13580 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13582 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13584 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13585 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13586 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13587 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13588 ARG is omitted or nil.
13590 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13591 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13592 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13596 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13598 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13599 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13600 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13601 `read-regexp-defaults-function' to customize default
13602 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13604 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13605 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13606 highlighting will not update as you type.
13608 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13610 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13612 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13613 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13614 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13615 `read-regexp-defaults-function' to customize default
13616 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13618 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13619 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13620 highlighting will not update as you type.
13622 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13624 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13626 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13627 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13628 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13629 `read-regexp-defaults-function' to customize default
13630 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE. When
13631 called interactively, replace whitespace in user provided regexp
13632 with arbitrary whitespace and make initial lower-case letters
13633 case-insensitive before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13635 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13636 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13637 highlighting will not update as you type.
13639 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13641 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13643 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13644 Set face of each match of the symbol at point.
13645 Use `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13646 Use non-nil `hi-lock-auto-select-face' to retrieve the next face
13647 from `hi-lock-face-defaults' automatically.
13649 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight symbol at point.
13650 Otherwise, use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used,
13651 the highlighting will not update as you type.
13653 \(fn)" t nil)
13655 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13657 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13658 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13659 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13660 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13661 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13662 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13664 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13666 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13667 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13669 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13670 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13671 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13673 \(fn)" t nil)
13675 ;;;***
13677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21223 37302
13678 ;;;;;; 81938 0))
13679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13681 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13682 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13683 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13684 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13685 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13687 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13688 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13689 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13690 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13692 `hide-ifdef-env'
13693 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13694 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13695 is used.
13697 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13698 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13699 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13700 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13701 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13703 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13704 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13705 #endif lines when hiding.
13707 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13708 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13709 is activated.
13711 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13712 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13713 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13715 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13719 ;;;***
13721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21187 63826
13722 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
13723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13725 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13726 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13727 Each element has the form
13728 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13730 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13731 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13733 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13734 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13736 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13737 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13738 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13739 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13740 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13741 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13743 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13744 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13746 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13747 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13749 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13750 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13751 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13753 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13754 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13755 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13756 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13757 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13759 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13760 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13761 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13763 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13764 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13765 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13767 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13768 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13770 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13772 Key bindings:
13773 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13777 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13778 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13780 \(fn)" nil nil)
13782 ;;;***
13784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21187 63826 213216
13785 ;;;;;; 0))
13786 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13788 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13789 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13791 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13792 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13794 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13795 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13796 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13797 this on and off.
13799 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13800 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13801 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13802 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13803 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13804 through various faces.
13805 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13806 buffer with the contents of a file
13807 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13811 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13812 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13814 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13815 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13817 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13818 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13819 in a distinctive face.
13821 The default value can be customized with variable
13822 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13824 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13828 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13829 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13830 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13832 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13834 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13835 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13837 \(fn)" t nil)
13839 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13840 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13842 \(fn)" t nil)
13844 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13845 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13847 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13848 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13849 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13850 shown in the last face in the list.
13852 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13853 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13854 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13856 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13858 \(fn)" t nil)
13860 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13861 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13863 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13865 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13866 to save the file.
13868 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13869 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13871 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13872 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13873 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13875 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13877 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13878 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13880 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13881 this function is called interactively.
13883 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13884 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13885 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13887 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13888 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13889 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13891 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13893 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13894 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13895 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13898 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13900 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13902 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13903 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13904 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13905 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13906 ARG is omitted or nil.
13908 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13909 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13910 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13914 ;;;***
13916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21224 58166 697544
13917 ;;;;;; 0))
13918 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13919 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13921 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13922 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13923 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13924 or insert functions in this list.")
13926 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13928 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13929 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13930 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13931 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13932 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13933 expansions.
13934 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13935 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13936 undoes the expansion.
13938 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13940 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13941 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13942 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13943 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13945 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13947 ;;;***
13949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21195 23530 495420
13950 ;;;;;; 0))
13951 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13953 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13954 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13955 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13956 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13957 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13959 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13960 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13961 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13962 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13963 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13964 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13966 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13967 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13968 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13969 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13973 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13974 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13975 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13976 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13977 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13978 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13980 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13982 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13983 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13984 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13985 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13986 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13988 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13989 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13990 windows.
13992 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13993 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13997 ;;;***
13999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21187 63826
14000 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
14001 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14003 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14005 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14006 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14007 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14009 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14011 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14013 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14015 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14016 Oriental holidays.
14017 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14019 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14021 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14023 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14025 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14026 Local holidays.
14027 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14029 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14031 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14033 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14035 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14036 User defined holidays.
14037 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14039 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14041 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14043 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14044 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14046 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14048 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14049 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14051 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14053 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14054 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14056 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14058 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14059 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14061 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14063 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14065 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14066 Jewish holidays.
14067 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14069 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14071 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14073 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14075 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14076 Christian holidays.
14077 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14079 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14081 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14083 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14085 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14086 Islamic holidays.
14087 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14089 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14091 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14093 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14095 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14096 Bahá'í holidays.
14097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14099 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14101 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14103 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14105 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14106 Sun-related holidays.
14107 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14109 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14111 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14113 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14115 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14116 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14117 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14118 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14122 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14123 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14124 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14125 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14126 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14128 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14129 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14131 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14132 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14134 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14135 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14136 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14137 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14138 of a holiday list.
14140 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14142 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14144 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14146 ;;;***
14148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21187 63826
14149 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
14150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14152 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14153 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14155 \(fn)" t nil)
14157 ;;;***
14159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21220 61111
14160 ;;;;;; 156047 0))
14161 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14162 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14164 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14165 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14166 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14167 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14168 as possible.
14170 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14171 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14172 fontified display.
14174 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14175 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14177 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14178 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14179 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14181 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14183 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14184 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14185 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14187 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14189 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14191 ;;;***
14193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
14194 ;;;;;; 0))
14195 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14197 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14198 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14200 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14201 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14202 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14204 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14205 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14206 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14207 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14208 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14209 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14211 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14212 title of the column.
14214 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14215 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14216 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14217 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14218 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14220 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14222 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14223 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14224 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14225 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14226 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14228 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14229 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14230 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14232 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14234 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14235 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14236 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14237 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14238 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14239 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14241 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14242 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14243 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14244 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14245 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14246 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14247 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14248 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14249 values are:
14250 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14251 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14252 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14253 buffer's modification flag.
14254 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14255 prompted before performing this operation.
14256 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14257 operation is complete, in the form:
14258 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14259 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14260 confirmation message, in the form:
14261 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14262 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14263 macro for exactly what it does.
14265 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14267 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14268 Define a filter named NAME.
14269 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14270 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14271 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14273 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14274 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14275 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14276 bound to the current value of the filter.
14278 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14280 ;;;***
14282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21187 63826 213216
14283 ;;;;;; 0))
14284 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14286 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14287 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14288 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14289 buffers which are visiting a file.
14291 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14293 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14294 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14295 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14296 buffers which are visiting a file.
14298 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14300 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14301 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14302 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14304 All arguments are optional.
14305 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14306 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14307 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14308 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14309 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14310 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14311 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14312 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14313 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14314 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14315 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14316 that value locally in this buffer.
14318 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14320 ;;;***
14322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21187
14323 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
14324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14325 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14327 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14328 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14329 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14330 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14332 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14334 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14335 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14336 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14337 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14338 ICAL-FILENAME.
14339 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14340 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14341 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14343 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14345 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14346 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14347 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14348 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14349 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14350 non-marking or not.
14352 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14354 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14355 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14357 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14358 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14359 DIARY-FILE.
14361 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14362 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14363 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14365 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14366 non-marking.
14368 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14369 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14370 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14372 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14374 ;;;***
14376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21187 63826 213216
14377 ;;;;;; 0))
14378 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14380 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14381 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14382 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14384 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14385 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14387 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14389 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14390 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14391 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14392 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14393 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14397 ;;;***
14399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21187 63826 213216
14400 ;;;;;; 0))
14401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14403 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14404 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14405 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14406 Tab indents for Icon code.
14407 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14408 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14409 \\{icon-mode-map}
14410 Variables controlling indentation style:
14411 icon-tab-always-indent
14412 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14413 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14414 icon-auto-newline
14415 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14416 inserted in Icon code.
14417 icon-indent-level
14418 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14419 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14420 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14421 icon-continued-statement-offset
14422 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14423 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14424 icon-continued-brace-offset
14425 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14426 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14427 icon-brace-offset
14428 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14429 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14430 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14431 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14433 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14434 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14436 \(fn)" t nil)
14438 ;;;***
14440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21195
14441 ;;;;;; 23530 495420 0))
14442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14444 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14445 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14446 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14447 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14449 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14450 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14451 separate frames.
14453 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14454 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14456 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14457 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14458 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14460 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14462 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14464 ;;;***
14466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21222 16439
14467 ;;;;;; 978802 0))
14468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14469 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14471 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14472 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14474 The main features of this mode are
14476 1. Indentation and Formatting
14477 --------------------------
14478 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14479 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14481 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14482 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14483 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14484 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14486 Comments are indented as follows:
14488 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14489 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14490 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14492 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14494 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14495 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14496 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14497 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14498 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14499 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14501 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14502 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14503 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14504 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14506 2. Routine Info
14507 ------------
14508 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14509 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14510 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14511 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14512 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14513 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14514 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14515 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14516 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14517 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14519 3. Online IDL Help
14520 ---------------
14522 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14523 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14524 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14525 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14527 4. Completion
14528 ----------
14529 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14530 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14531 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14532 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14533 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14534 upper case.
14536 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14537 --------------------------------
14538 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14539 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14541 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14542 \\fu FUNCTION template
14543 \\c CASE statement template
14544 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14545 \\f FOR loop template
14546 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14547 \\w WHILE loop template
14548 \\i IF statement template
14549 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14550 \\b BEGIN
14552 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14553 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14555 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14556 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14557 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14558 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14560 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14561 -------------------------
14562 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14563 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14565 7. Automatic END completion
14566 ------------------------
14567 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14568 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14570 8. Hooks
14571 -----
14572 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14573 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14575 9. Documentation and Customization
14576 -------------------------------
14577 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14578 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14579 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14580 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14581 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14583 10.Keybindings
14584 -----------
14585 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14586 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14587 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14589 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14591 \(fn)" t nil)
14593 ;;;***
14595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21227 34360 69622 0))
14596 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14598 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14599 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14600 The following values are possible:
14601 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14602 displaying...)
14603 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14604 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14605 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
14607 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14608 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14610 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14612 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14613 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14614 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14615 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14616 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14617 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14618 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14619 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14620 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14624 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14625 Switch to another buffer.
14626 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14627 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14628 in another frame.
14630 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14631 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14632 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14633 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14634 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14636 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14637 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14639 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14641 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14642 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14643 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14644 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14645 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14646 in a separate window.
14647 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14648 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14649 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14650 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14651 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14652 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14653 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14654 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14655 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14657 \(fn)" t nil)
14659 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14660 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14661 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14662 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14664 \(fn)" t nil)
14666 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14667 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14668 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14669 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14671 \(fn)" t nil)
14673 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14674 Kill a buffer.
14675 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14676 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14678 \(fn)" t nil)
14680 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14681 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14682 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14683 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14685 \(fn)" t nil)
14687 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14688 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14689 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14690 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14692 \(fn)" t nil)
14694 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14695 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14697 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14699 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14700 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14701 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14702 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14703 visible in another frame.
14705 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14706 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14707 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14708 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14709 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14710 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14712 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14713 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14715 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14717 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14718 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14719 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14720 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14721 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14722 in a separate window.
14723 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14724 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14725 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14726 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14727 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14728 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14729 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14730 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14731 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14732 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14733 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14734 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14735 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14736 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14737 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14739 \(fn)" t nil)
14741 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14742 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14743 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14744 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14746 \(fn)" t nil)
14748 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14749 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14750 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14751 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14753 \(fn)" t nil)
14755 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14756 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14757 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14758 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14760 \(fn)" t nil)
14762 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14763 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14764 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14765 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14767 \(fn)" t nil)
14769 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14770 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14771 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14772 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14774 \(fn)" t nil)
14776 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14777 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14778 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14779 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14781 \(fn)" t nil)
14783 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14784 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14785 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14786 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14788 \(fn)" t nil)
14790 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14791 Write current buffer to a file.
14792 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14793 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14795 \(fn)" t nil)
14797 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14798 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14799 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14800 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14802 \(fn)" t nil)
14804 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14805 Call `dired' the ido way.
14806 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14807 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14809 \(fn)" t nil)
14811 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14812 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14813 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14814 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14815 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14816 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14818 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14820 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14821 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14822 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14823 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14825 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14827 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14828 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14829 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14830 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14832 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14834 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14835 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14836 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14837 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14838 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14839 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14840 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14841 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14842 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14843 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14844 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14845 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14846 with point positioned at the end.
14847 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14848 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14850 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14852 ;;;***
14854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21226 13501 706948 0))
14855 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14857 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14858 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14859 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14860 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14862 \(fn)" t nil)
14864 ;;;***
14866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
14867 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14869 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14871 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14872 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14876 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14880 ;;;***
14882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21215 43189 822371 0))
14883 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14885 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14886 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14887 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14888 be determined.
14890 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14892 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14893 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14894 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14895 be determined.
14897 \(fn)" nil nil)
14899 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14900 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14901 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14902 be determined.
14904 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14906 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14907 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14908 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14909 be determined.
14911 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14913 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14914 Determine and return image type.
14915 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14916 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14917 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14918 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14919 use its file extension as image type.
14920 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14922 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14924 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14925 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14926 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14928 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14930 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14931 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14932 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14934 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14935 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14936 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14937 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14938 must be available.
14940 \(fn)" nil nil)
14942 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14943 Create an image.
14944 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14945 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14946 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14947 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14948 use its file extension as image type.
14949 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14950 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14951 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14952 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14954 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14956 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14957 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14958 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14960 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14962 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14963 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14964 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14965 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14966 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14967 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14968 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14969 POS may be an integer or marker.
14970 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14971 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14972 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14973 means display it in the right marginal area.
14975 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14977 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14978 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14979 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14980 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14981 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14982 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14983 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14984 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14985 means display it in the right marginal area.
14986 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14987 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14988 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14989 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14990 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14992 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14994 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14995 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14996 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14997 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14998 STRING is a single space.
14999 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15000 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15001 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15002 means display it in the right marginal area.
15003 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15005 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15007 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15008 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15009 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15010 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15012 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15014 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15015 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15017 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15019 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15020 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15021 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15022 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15023 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15024 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15025 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15026 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15027 satisfied.
15029 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15031 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15033 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15035 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15036 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15038 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15039 documentation string.
15041 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15042 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15043 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15044 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15045 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15046 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15047 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15048 define SYMBOL.
15050 Example:
15052 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15053 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15055 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15057 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15059 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15060 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15061 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15062 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15064 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15065 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15066 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15067 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15069 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15071 \(fn)" nil nil)
15073 ;;;***
15075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21194 37048
15076 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
15077 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15078 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15080 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15081 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15082 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15083 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15084 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15085 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15089 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15090 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15092 Convenience command that:
15094 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15095 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15096 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15098 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15099 image files in dired and type
15100 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15102 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15104 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15105 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15107 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15109 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15110 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15111 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15112 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15113 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15114 another one).
15116 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15117 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15118 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15120 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15121 instead of erasing it first.
15123 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15124 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15125 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15126 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15127 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15128 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15130 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15132 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15133 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15134 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15135 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15136 displayed.
15138 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15140 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15142 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15144 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15145 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15147 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15149 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15150 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15151 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15153 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15155 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15156 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15158 \(fn)" t nil)
15160 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15161 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15162 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15163 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15165 \(fn)" t nil)
15167 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15168 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15170 \(fn)" t nil)
15172 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15173 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15175 \(fn)" t nil)
15177 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15178 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15180 \(fn)" t nil)
15182 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15183 Display current image file.
15184 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15185 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15189 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15190 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15192 \(fn)" t nil)
15194 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15195 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15196 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15197 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15198 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15199 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15200 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15202 \(fn)" t nil)
15204 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15205 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15206 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15207 easy-to-use form.
15209 \(fn)" t nil)
15211 ;;;***
15213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
15214 ;;;;;; 0))
15215 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15217 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15218 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15219 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15220 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15222 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15223 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15224 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15225 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15227 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15229 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15230 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15231 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15232 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15234 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15235 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15236 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15237 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15239 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15241 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15242 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15244 \(fn)" nil nil)
15246 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15247 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15248 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15249 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15251 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15253 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15254 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15255 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15256 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15257 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15258 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15260 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15262 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15263 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15264 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15265 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15266 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15268 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15269 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15270 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15274 ;;;***
15276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21187 63826 213216
15277 ;;;;;; 0))
15278 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15280 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15281 Major mode for image files.
15282 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15283 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15285 Key bindings:
15286 \\{image-mode-map}
15288 \(fn)" t nil)
15290 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15291 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15292 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15293 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15294 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15296 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15297 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15298 actual image.
15300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15302 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15303 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15304 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15305 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15306 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15307 to display an image file as the actual image.
15309 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15310 to display an image file as text initially.
15312 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15313 on these modes.
15315 \(fn)" t nil)
15317 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15320 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15322 ;;;***
15324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
15325 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15327 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15328 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15330 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15332 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15333 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15334 in the buffer.
15336 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15338 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15339 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15340 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15342 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15344 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15345 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15346 Each element of this list should have the form
15348 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15350 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15351 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15352 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15353 matches are put).
15354 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15355 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15356 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15357 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15358 another element.
15359 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15360 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15361 the menu item.
15362 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15363 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15364 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15365 the ARGUMENTS.
15367 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15368 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15369 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15371 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15372 create a buffer index.
15374 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15375 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15376 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15377 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15378 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15380 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15382 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15383 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15385 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15386 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15387 called within a `save-excursion'.
15389 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15391 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15393 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15394 Function for finding the next index position.
15396 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15397 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15398 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15399 file.
15401 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15402 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15404 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15406 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15407 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15409 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15410 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15411 It should return the name for that index item.")
15413 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15415 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15416 Function to compare string with index item.
15418 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15419 non-nil if they match.
15421 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15422 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15423 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15424 arguments match\".")
15426 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15428 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15429 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15430 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15432 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15433 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15435 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15437 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15439 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15440 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15441 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15442 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15444 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15446 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15447 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15449 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15451 \(fn)" t nil)
15453 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15454 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15455 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15456 for more information.
15458 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15460 ;;;***
15462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21187 63826
15463 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15464 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15466 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15467 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15469 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15471 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15474 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15476 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15479 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15481 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15484 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15486 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15487 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15489 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15491 ;;;***
15493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21187 63826
15494 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15497 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15498 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15499 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15500 to that buffer.
15501 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15502 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15503 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15504 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15506 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15508 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15510 ;;;***
15512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21203 52022 581300 0))
15513 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15515 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15516 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15517 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15518 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15519 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15520 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15521 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15522 first in this list.
15524 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15525 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15526 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15527 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15528 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15530 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15531 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15532 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15534 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15535 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15537 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15538 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15540 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15541 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15542 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15543 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15544 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15545 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15546 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15547 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15548 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15549 with the top-level Info directory.
15551 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15552 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15554 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15555 \"*info*<%s>\".
15557 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15558 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15559 in all the directories in that path.
15561 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15563 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15565 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15566 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15568 \(fn)" t nil)
15570 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15571 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15573 \(fn)" t nil)
15575 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15576 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15577 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15578 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15580 \(fn)" nil nil)
15582 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15583 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15584 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15585 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15587 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15589 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15590 Go to the Info directory node.
15592 \(fn)" t nil)
15594 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15595 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15596 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15597 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15598 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15599 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15601 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15603 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15604 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15605 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15607 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15609 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15610 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15611 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15612 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15613 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15615 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15617 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15618 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15619 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15620 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15621 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15623 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15624 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15626 Selecting other nodes:
15627 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15628 Follow a node reference you click on.
15629 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15630 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15631 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15632 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15633 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15634 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15635 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15636 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15637 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15638 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15639 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15640 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15641 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15642 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15643 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15644 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15645 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15646 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15647 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15648 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15650 Moving within a node:
15651 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15652 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15653 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15654 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15655 move up to the parent node.
15656 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15657 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15658 if there is none.
15659 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15661 Advanced commands:
15662 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15663 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15664 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15665 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15666 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15667 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15668 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15669 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15670 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15671 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15672 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15673 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15674 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15675 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15676 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15677 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15679 \(fn)" t nil)
15680 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15682 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15683 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15684 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15685 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15686 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15687 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15689 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15690 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15692 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15693 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15694 KEY is a string.
15695 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15696 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15697 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15698 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15700 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15702 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15703 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15704 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15706 \(fn)" t nil)
15708 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15709 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15710 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15712 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15714 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15715 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15716 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15717 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15719 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15721 ;;;***
15723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21187 63826 213216
15724 ;;;;;; 0))
15725 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15727 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15728 Throw away all cached data.
15729 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15730 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15731 system.
15733 \(fn)" t nil)
15734 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15736 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15737 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15738 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15739 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15740 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15741 one found at point.
15743 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15745 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15746 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15748 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15749 Display the documentation of a file.
15750 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15751 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15752 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15753 The default file name is the one found at point.
15755 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15757 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15759 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15760 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15762 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15764 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15765 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15767 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15769 ;;;***
15771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21187 63826 213216
15772 ;;;;;; 0))
15773 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15774 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15776 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15777 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15778 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15779 current info file is the default.
15781 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15782 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15783 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15784 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15785 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15787 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15788 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15789 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15790 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15791 mistake in the reference.
15793 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15794 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15795 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15797 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15798 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15799 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15800 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15802 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15804 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15805 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15806 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15807 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15808 checked.
15810 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15811 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15812 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15813 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15814 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15815 should be harmless.
15817 \(fn)" t nil)
15819 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15820 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15821 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15822 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15824 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15825 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15826 and can take a long time.
15828 \(fn)" t nil)
15830 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15831 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15832 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15834 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15836 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15837 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15839 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15840 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15841 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15842 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15843 all builtins).
15845 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15846 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15847 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15848 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15849 the sources handy.
15851 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15853 ;;;***
15855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21187 63826 213216
15856 ;;;;;; 0))
15857 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15859 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15860 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15862 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15864 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15865 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15867 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15869 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15870 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15871 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15872 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15874 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15875 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15876 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15878 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15879 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15880 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15881 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15883 \(fn)" t nil)
15885 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15886 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15887 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15889 \(fn)" t nil)
15891 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15892 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15893 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15894 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15895 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15897 \(fn)" nil nil)
15899 ;;;***
15901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21187 63826
15902 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15903 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15904 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15906 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15907 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15908 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15910 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15912 ;;;***
15914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21187
15915 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15916 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15918 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15919 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15921 \(fn)" t nil)
15923 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15924 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15926 \(fn)" t nil)
15928 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15931 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15933 ;;;***
15935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21187 63826 213216
15936 ;;;;;; 0))
15937 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15938 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15940 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15941 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15942 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15943 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15944 accessed via isearchb.
15946 \(fn)" t nil)
15948 ;;;***
15950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21187
15951 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15952 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15954 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15956 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15957 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15962 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15963 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15964 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15965 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15966 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15968 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15970 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15971 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15972 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15973 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15978 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15979 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15980 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15981 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15982 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15984 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15986 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15987 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15988 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15989 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15990 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15992 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15994 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15995 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15996 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15997 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15998 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16000 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16002 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16003 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16004 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16005 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16006 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16008 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16010 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16011 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16012 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16013 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16015 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16017 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16018 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16019 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16020 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16022 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16024 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16025 Warn that format is read-only.
16027 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16029 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16030 Warn that format is write-only.
16032 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16034 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16035 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16037 \(fn)" t nil)
16039 ;;;***
16041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16042 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
16043 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16044 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16045 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16047 ;;;***
16049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21227 34360
16050 ;;;;;; 69622 0))
16051 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16053 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16055 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16056 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16057 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16058 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16059 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16061 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16063 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16065 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16066 Key map for ispell menu.")
16068 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16069 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16070 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16071 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16073 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16075 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16077 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16079 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16081 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16082 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16083 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16084 Valid forms include:
16085 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16086 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16087 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16088 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16090 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16091 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16092 First list is used raw.
16093 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16095 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16096 for skipping in latex mode.")
16098 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16099 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16100 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16101 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16102 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16103 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16104 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16106 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16107 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16108 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16109 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16111 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16112 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16113 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16114 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16115 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16117 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16118 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16120 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16121 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16123 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16124 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16126 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16127 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16129 Return values:
16130 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16131 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16132 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16133 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16134 quit spell session exited.
16136 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16138 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16139 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16140 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16142 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16144 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16145 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16147 Selections are:
16149 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16150 SPC: Accept word this time.
16151 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16152 `a': Accept word for this session.
16153 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16154 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16155 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16156 `?': Show these commands.
16157 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16158 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16159 the aborted check to be completed later.
16160 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16161 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16162 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16163 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16164 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16165 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16166 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16168 \(fn)" nil nil)
16170 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16171 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16172 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16173 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16175 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16177 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16178 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16179 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16180 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16182 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16184 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16186 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16187 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16188 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16189 amount for last line processed.
16191 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16193 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16194 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16196 \(fn)" t nil)
16198 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16199 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16201 \(fn)" t nil)
16203 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16204 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16205 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16207 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16209 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16210 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16212 \(fn)" t nil)
16214 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16215 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16216 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16217 sequence inside of a word.
16219 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16221 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16223 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16224 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16226 \(fn)" t nil)
16228 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16229 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16230 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16231 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16233 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16234 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16235 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16236 available on the net.
16238 \(fn)" t nil)
16240 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16241 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16242 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16243 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16244 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16246 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16247 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16248 spelled.
16250 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16251 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16252 SPC.
16254 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16255 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16259 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16260 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16261 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16262 Don't check included messages.
16264 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16265 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16266 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16268 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16269 in your init file:
16270 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16271 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16272 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16273 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16275 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16276 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16277 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16279 \(fn)" t nil)
16281 ;;;***
16283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (21187 63826 213216
16284 ;;;;;; 0))
16285 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16287 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16288 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16289 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16290 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16291 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16292 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16294 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16296 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16297 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16298 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16299 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16300 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16302 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16303 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16307 ;;;***
16309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21187
16310 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16311 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16313 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16316 \(fn)" nil nil)
16318 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16319 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16320 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16321 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16322 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16323 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16324 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16325 necessary to represent OBJ.
16327 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16329 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16330 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16331 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16332 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16334 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16336 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16337 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16338 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16339 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16340 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16342 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16344 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16345 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16346 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16347 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16349 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16351 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16352 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16353 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16354 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16356 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16358 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16359 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16361 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16363 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16364 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16365 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16366 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16367 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16369 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16371 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16372 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16373 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16374 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16375 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16377 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16379 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16380 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16381 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16383 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16385 ;;;***
16387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21208 39894 970127
16388 ;;;;;; 901000))
16389 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16391 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16392 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16393 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16394 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16396 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16399 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16401 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16402 Uninstall jka-compr.
16403 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16404 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16405 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16407 \(fn)" nil nil)
16409 ;;;***
16411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21187 63826 213216
16412 ;;;;;; 0))
16413 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16414 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16416 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16417 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16419 \(fn)" t nil)
16420 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16422 ;;;***
16424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16425 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16426 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16428 ;;;***
16430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21187 63826
16431 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16432 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16434 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16435 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16436 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16437 decimal key must be specified.")
16439 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16441 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16442 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16443 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16444 decimal key must be specified.")
16446 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16448 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16449 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16450 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16451 decimal key must be specified.")
16453 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16455 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16456 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16457 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16458 decimal key must be specified.")
16460 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16462 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16463 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16464 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16465 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16466 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16467 keys are bound.
16469 Setup Binding
16470 -------------------------------------------------------------
16471 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16472 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16473 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16474 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16475 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16476 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16477 in the global and local keymaps.
16479 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16480 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16482 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16484 ;;;***
16486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21187
16487 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16488 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16490 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16491 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16492 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16494 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16495 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16496 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16497 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16498 shorter.
16500 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16501 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16502 the context of text formatting.
16504 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16506 ;;;***
16508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21187 63826 213216
16509 ;;;;;; 0))
16510 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16512 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16513 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16514 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16515 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16516 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16517 positions that contains the current selection.")
16519 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16520 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16521 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16522 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16523 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16524 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16525 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16527 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16529 ;;;***
16531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16532 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16533 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16534 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16535 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16536 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16537 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16538 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16539 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16541 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16542 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16544 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16546 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16547 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16548 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16549 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16550 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16552 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16554 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16555 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16556 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16558 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16559 defining the macro.
16561 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16562 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16563 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16565 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16566 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16568 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16570 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16571 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16572 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16573 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16574 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16575 under that name.
16577 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16578 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16579 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16581 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16583 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16584 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16585 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16586 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16588 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16589 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16590 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16591 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16593 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16594 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16596 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16598 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16599 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16600 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16602 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16603 macro.
16605 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16606 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16608 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16609 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16610 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16612 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16613 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16615 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16617 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16618 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16619 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16620 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16622 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16624 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16625 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16626 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16627 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16629 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16630 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16632 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16634 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16635 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16636 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16638 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16640 ;;;***
16642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21187
16643 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16644 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16646 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16647 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16648 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16650 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16653 \(fn)" nil nil)
16655 ;;;***
16657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21187 63826
16658 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16659 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16661 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16663 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16664 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16666 \(fn)" t nil)
16668 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16669 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16670 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16671 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16673 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16674 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16675 none / 1 | yes | no
16676 2 | yes | yes
16677 3 | no | yes
16678 4 | no | no
16680 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16681 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16682 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16684 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16686 ;;;***
16688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21187 63826
16689 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16690 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16692 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16695 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16697 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16698 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16699 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16700 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16701 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16702 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16704 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16705 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16707 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16709 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16710 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16712 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16714 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16717 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16719 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16722 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16724 ;;;***
16726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21187
16727 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16728 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16730 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16731 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16732 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16733 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16735 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16737 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16738 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16739 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16741 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16743 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16744 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16745 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16747 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16749 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16750 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16751 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16752 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16754 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16756 ;;;***
16758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16759 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
16760 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16762 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16763 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16764 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16765 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16766 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16767 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16768 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16769 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16771 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16772 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16774 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16775 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16777 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16779 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16780 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16781 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16782 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16783 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16784 `latin1-display-setup'.
16786 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16788 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16789 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16790 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16791 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16793 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16794 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16796 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16798 ;;;***
16800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21187
16801 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16804 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16805 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16807 \(fn)" t nil)
16809 ;;;***
16811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16812 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16814 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16815 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16816 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16817 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16818 generations (this defaults to 1).
16820 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16822 ;;;***
16824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16825 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16826 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16828 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16829 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16830 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16831 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16832 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16834 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16838 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16839 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16840 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16842 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16843 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16845 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16847 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16848 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16849 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16850 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16851 ARG is omitted or nil.
16853 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16854 `linum-on' would do it.
16855 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16859 ;;;***
16861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21187 63826 213216
16862 ;;;;;; 0))
16863 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16865 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16866 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16867 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16868 is nil, raise an error.
16870 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16871 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16872 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16873 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16874 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16875 defined by the library.
16877 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16878 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16879 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16880 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16881 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16882 proceeds.
16884 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16885 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16886 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16887 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16889 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16891 ;;;***
16893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16894 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16896 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16897 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16898 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16900 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16902 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16903 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16904 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16905 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16907 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16908 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16909 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16910 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16911 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16912 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16913 the version.)
16915 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16916 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16918 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16919 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16921 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16922 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16924 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16926 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16927 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16928 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16929 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16930 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16931 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16932 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16933 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16934 to constrain a big search.
16936 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16938 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16939 except that FILTER is not optional.
16941 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16943 ;;;***
16945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21204 16865 279294
16946 ;;;;;; 0))
16947 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16949 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16950 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16951 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16952 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16953 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16954 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16955 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16956 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16957 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16958 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16960 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16961 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16962 associated values:
16963 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16964 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16965 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16966 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16967 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16969 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16970 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16971 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16973 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16975 ;;;***
16977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21195 57908 940910
16978 ;;;;;; 0))
16979 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16981 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16982 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16984 \(fn)" t nil)
16986 ;;;***
16988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21194 37048 599945 0))
16989 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16991 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16992 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16994 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16995 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16997 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16998 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16999 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17001 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17002 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17004 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17005 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17006 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17007 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17008 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17009 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17010 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17012 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17014 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17015 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17016 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17017 switch on this list.
17018 See `lpr-command'.")
17020 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17022 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17023 Name of program for printing a file.
17025 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17026 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17027 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17028 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17029 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17030 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17031 argument.")
17033 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17035 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17036 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17037 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17038 for customization of the printer command.
17040 \(fn)" t nil)
17042 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17043 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17045 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17046 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17047 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17048 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17050 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17051 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17053 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17054 for further customization of the printer command.
17056 \(fn)" t nil)
17058 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17059 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17060 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17061 for customization of the printer command.
17063 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17065 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17066 Paginate and print the region contents.
17068 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17069 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17070 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17071 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17073 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17074 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17076 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17077 for further customization of the printer command.
17079 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17081 ;;;***
17083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
17084 ;;;;;; 0))
17085 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17087 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17088 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17089 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17091 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17093 ;;;***
17095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21187 63826 213216
17096 ;;;;;; 0))
17097 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17099 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17100 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17101 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17102 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17106 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17108 ;;;***
17110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21187 63826
17111 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17114 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17115 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17117 \(fn)" t nil)
17119 ;;;***
17121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17122 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17124 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17125 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17126 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17127 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17128 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17130 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17132 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17133 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17134 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17135 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17137 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17138 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17139 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17140 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17141 bindings.
17143 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17144 use this command, and then save the file.
17146 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17148 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17149 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17150 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17151 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17152 each time the macro executes.
17153 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17154 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17155 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17156 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17157 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17158 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17159 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17161 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17163 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17164 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17165 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17166 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17168 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17169 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17170 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17171 execute.
17173 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17174 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17176 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17177 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17178 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17179 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17180 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17182 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17183 looked like this:
17185 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17186 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17187 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17189 You could enter the names in this format:
17195 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17197 \\C-x (
17198 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17199 \\C-x )
17201 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17202 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17204 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17205 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17207 ;;;***
17209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21187 63826
17210 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17211 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17213 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17214 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17215 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17216 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17217 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17218 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17220 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17221 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17222 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17223 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17224 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17226 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17227 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17228 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17229 consing a string.)
17231 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17233 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17234 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17236 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17238 ;;;***
17240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21187 63826
17241 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17242 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17244 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17245 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17247 \(fn)" nil nil)
17249 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17252 \(fn)" nil nil)
17254 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17255 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17257 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17259 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17260 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17261 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17262 message.
17264 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17266 \(fn)" nil nil)
17268 ;;;***
17270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21187 63826
17271 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17274 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17275 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17276 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17277 often correct parser.")
17279 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17281 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17282 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17283 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17284 a value which excludes your own email address.
17286 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17287 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17289 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17291 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17292 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17294 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17296 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17297 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17298 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17299 we return it unconverted.
17301 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17302 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17304 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17306 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17307 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17308 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17309 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17311 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17313 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17314 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17315 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17316 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17318 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17320 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17321 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17322 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17323 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17324 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17325 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17326 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17327 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17328 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17329 as Rmail does.
17331 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17333 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17334 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17335 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17336 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17337 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17338 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17339 matches may be returned from the message body.
17341 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17343 ;;;***
17345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21187 63826
17346 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17349 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17350 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17351 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17352 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17353 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17354 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17356 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17358 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17359 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17360 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17361 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17362 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17364 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17365 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17366 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17367 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17371 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17372 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17374 \(fn)" nil nil)
17376 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17377 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17378 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17380 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17382 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17383 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17384 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17386 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17387 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17388 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17389 double-quotes.
17391 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17393 ;;;***
17395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21187 63826
17396 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17397 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17399 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17400 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17401 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17402 king@grassland.com
17403 If `parens', they look like:
17404 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17405 If `angles', they look like:
17406 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17408 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17410 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17411 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17412 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17413 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17414 their `Resent-' variants.
17416 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17417 removed from alias expansions.
17419 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17421 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17422 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17423 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17425 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17426 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17427 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17428 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17430 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17432 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17433 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17434 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17436 \(fn)" nil nil)
17438 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17439 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17440 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17441 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17443 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17445 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17447 ;;;***
17449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21215 8898
17450 ;;;;;; 840126 623000))
17451 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17453 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17454 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17455 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17456 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17458 \(fn)" nil nil)
17460 ;;;***
17462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21187
17463 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
17464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17466 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17467 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17469 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17470 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17471 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17472 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17473 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17474 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17476 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17477 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17478 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17479 dependency, despite the colon.
17481 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17483 In the browser, use the following keys:
17485 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17487 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17489 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17490 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17492 `makefile-target-colon':
17493 The string that gets appended to all target names
17494 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17495 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17497 `makefile-macro-assign':
17498 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17499 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17500 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17501 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17502 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17503 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17505 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17506 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17507 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17509 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17510 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17512 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17513 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17514 up or down in the browser.
17516 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17517 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17519 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17520 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17522 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17523 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17524 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17525 has been selected in the browser.
17527 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17528 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17529 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17530 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17531 filenames are omitted.
17533 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17534 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17535 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17536 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17537 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17538 the backslash itself intact.
17539 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17540 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17542 `makefile-browser-hook':
17543 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17544 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17546 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17547 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17548 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17549 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17551 \(fn)" t nil)
17553 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17554 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17556 \(fn)" t nil)
17558 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17559 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17561 \(fn)" t nil)
17563 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17564 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17566 \(fn)" t nil)
17568 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17569 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17571 \(fn)" t nil)
17573 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17574 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17576 \(fn)" t nil)
17578 ;;;***
17580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21187 63826 213216
17581 ;;;;;; 0))
17582 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17584 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17585 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17586 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17588 \(fn)" t nil)
17590 ;;;***
17592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17593 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17595 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17597 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17598 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17599 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17600 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17601 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17602 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17603 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17604 page, it will display immediately.
17606 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17607 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17608 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17610 cat(1)
17611 1 cat
17613 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17614 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17615 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17616 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17618 -a chmod
17620 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17621 otherwise look like a page name.
17623 /my/file/name.1.gz
17624 -l somefile.1
17626 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17627 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17628 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17630 -k pattern
17632 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17634 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17635 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17637 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17639 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17640 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17642 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17644 ;;;***
17646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17647 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17648 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17650 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17651 Toggle Master mode.
17652 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17653 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17654 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17656 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17657 using the following commands:
17659 \\{master-mode-map}
17661 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17662 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17663 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17667 ;;;***
17669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21187 63826 213216
17670 ;;;;;; 0))
17671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17673 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17674 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17675 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17676 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17677 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17678 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17680 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17682 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17683 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17684 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17685 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17686 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17688 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17689 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17690 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17691 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17695 ;;;***
17697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17698 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17699 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17701 ;;;***
17703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21199 204 550114
17704 ;;;;;; 319000))
17705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17707 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17709 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17710 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17711 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17712 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17713 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17714 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17715 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17716 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17717 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17718 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17719 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17720 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17721 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17722 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17723 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17724 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17725 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17726 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17727 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17728 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17729 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17730 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17731 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17732 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17733 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17734 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17735 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17736 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17737 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17738 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17739 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17740 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17741 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17742 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17743 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17744 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17745 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17746 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17748 \(fn)" t nil)
17750 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17751 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17752 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17753 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17754 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17756 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17758 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17759 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17761 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17763 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17764 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17766 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17768 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17769 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17771 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17773 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17774 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17775 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17777 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17779 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17780 Cancel an article you posted.
17781 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17785 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17786 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17787 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17788 header line with the old Message-ID.
17790 \(fn)" t nil)
17792 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17793 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17795 \(fn)" t nil)
17797 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17798 Forward the current message via mail.
17799 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17800 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17802 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17804 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17807 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17809 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17812 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17814 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17815 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17817 \(fn)" t nil)
17819 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17820 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17822 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17824 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17825 Re-mail the current message.
17826 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17827 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17828 you.
17830 \(fn)" t nil)
17832 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17833 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17835 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17837 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17838 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17840 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17842 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17843 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17845 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17847 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17848 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17850 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17852 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17853 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17854 Works by overstriking characters.
17855 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17856 which specify the range to operate on.
17858 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17860 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17861 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17862 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17863 which specify the range to operate on.
17865 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17867 ;;;***
17869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21187
17870 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
17871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17872 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17874 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17875 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17877 \(fn)" t nil)
17879 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17880 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17882 \(fn)" t nil)
17884 ;;;***
17886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21187 63826
17887 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17888 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17890 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17891 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17892 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17894 \(fn)" t nil)
17896 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17897 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17898 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17899 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17900 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17901 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17902 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17904 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17906 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17907 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17908 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17909 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17910 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17911 means current).
17912 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17913 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17915 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17917 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17918 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17919 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17920 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17921 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17922 means current).
17923 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17924 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17926 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17928 ;;;***
17930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21187 63826 213216
17931 ;;;;;; 0))
17932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17934 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17935 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17936 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17938 \(fn)" t nil)
17940 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17941 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17942 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17944 \(fn)" t nil)
17946 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17947 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17949 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17950 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17951 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17953 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17954 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17956 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17957 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17959 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17961 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17963 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17964 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17965 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17966 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17967 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17968 as `compose-mail'.
17970 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17971 initial Subject field, respectively.
17973 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17974 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17975 are strings.
17977 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17978 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17980 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17982 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17983 Save draft and send message.
17985 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17986 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17987 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17988 Mail Delivery*\".
17990 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17991 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17992 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17994 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17995 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17996 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17997 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17998 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17999 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18001 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18002 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18004 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18005 message and scan line.
18007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18009 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18010 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18012 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18013 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18014 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18015 delete the draft message.
18017 \(fn)" t nil)
18019 ;;;***
18021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18022 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18023 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5)) package--builtin-versions)
18025 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18027 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18029 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18031 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18032 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18034 \(fn)" t nil)
18036 ;;;***
18038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21187 63826
18039 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18040 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18042 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18043 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18044 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18046 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18047 the MH mail system.
18049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18051 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18052 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18053 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18055 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18056 the MH mail system.
18058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18060 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18061 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18063 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18064 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18065 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18066 separate command.
18068 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18069 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18070 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18071 format.
18073 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18075 Ranges
18076 ======
18077 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18078 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18079 can be used in several ways.
18081 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18082 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18083 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18084 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18085 page):
18087 <num1>-<num2>
18088 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18089 The range must be nonempty.
18091 <num>:N
18092 <num>:+N
18093 <num>:-N
18094 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18095 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18096 last.
18098 first:N
18099 prev:N
18100 next:N
18101 last:N
18102 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18105 All of the messages.
18107 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18108 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18110 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18111 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18112 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18114 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18116 \(fn)" t nil)
18118 ;;;***
18120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21187 63826 213216
18121 ;;;;;; 0))
18122 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18124 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18125 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18126 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18127 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18128 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18129 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18130 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18131 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18132 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18133 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18134 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18136 \(fn)" t nil)
18138 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18139 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18140 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18141 to its second argument TM.
18143 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18145 ;;;***
18147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21187 63826
18148 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18149 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18151 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18152 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18153 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18154 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18155 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18156 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18158 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18160 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18161 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18162 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18163 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18164 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18166 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18167 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18168 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18169 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18170 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18171 is modified to remove the default indication.
18173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18175 ;;;***
18177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18178 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18180 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18181 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18182 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18183 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18184 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18185 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18186 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18187 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18188 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18190 \(fn)" t nil)
18192 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18193 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18194 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18195 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18196 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18197 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18198 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18199 The return value is always nil.
18201 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18203 ;;;***
18205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21187 63826 213216
18206 ;;;;;; 0))
18207 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18208 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18210 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18211 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18213 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18214 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18215 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18216 next occurrence.
18218 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18219 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18220 end of the search space).
18222 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18223 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18224 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18225 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18226 should return the previous buffer to search.
18228 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18229 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18230 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18232 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18233 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18234 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18235 Isearch starts.")
18237 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18238 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18239 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18241 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18242 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18243 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18245 \(fn)" nil nil)
18247 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18248 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18249 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18250 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18251 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18252 whose names match the specified regexp.
18254 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18256 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18257 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18258 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18259 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18260 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18261 whose names match the specified regexp.
18263 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18265 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18266 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18267 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18268 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18269 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18270 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18271 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18273 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18275 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18276 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18277 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18278 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18279 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18280 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18281 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18283 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18285 ;;;***
18287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21187
18288 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18289 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18290 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18292 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18293 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18295 \(fn)" t nil)
18297 ;;;***
18299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21187 63826
18300 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18303 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18304 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18306 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18308 ;;;***
18310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21187 63826
18311 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18314 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18315 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18317 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18319 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18320 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18321 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18322 the entire message.
18323 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18325 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18327 ;;;***
18329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21187 63826
18330 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18331 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18333 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18334 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18335 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18336 the entire message.
18337 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18339 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18341 ;;;***
18343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21187 63826 213216
18344 ;;;;;; 0))
18345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18347 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18348 Insert file contents of URL.
18349 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18351 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18353 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18354 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18356 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18358 ;;;***
18360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21187 63826 213216
18361 ;;;;;; 0))
18362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18364 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18365 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18366 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18367 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18368 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18370 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18372 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18373 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18374 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18376 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18378 ;;;***
18380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18383 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18384 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18386 \(fn)" nil nil)
18388 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18389 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18390 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18391 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18392 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18394 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18395 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18396 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18397 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18398 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18399 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18401 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18403 ;;;***
18405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21187 63826 213216
18406 ;;;;;; 0))
18407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18409 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18412 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18414 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18417 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18419 ;;;***
18421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21187 63826 213216
18422 ;;;;;; 0))
18423 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18425 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18428 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18430 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18433 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18435 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18438 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18440 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18443 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18445 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18448 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18450 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18453 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18455 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18458 \(fn)" nil nil)
18460 ;;;***
18462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21187 63826
18463 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18464 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18466 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18468 ;;;***
18470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355 10021
18471 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
18472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18474 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18476 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18477 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18478 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18479 followed by the first character of the construct.
18480 \\<m2-mode-map>
18481 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18482 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18483 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18484 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18485 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18486 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18487 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18488 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18489 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18490 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18491 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18492 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18493 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18494 \\[m2-link] link
18496 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18497 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18498 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18500 \(fn)" t nil)
18502 ;;;***
18504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21187 63826 213216
18505 ;;;;;; 0))
18506 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18508 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18509 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18511 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18513 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18514 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18516 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18518 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18519 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18521 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18523 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18524 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18526 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18528 ;;;***
18530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21202 31159 541460
18531 ;;;;;; 0))
18532 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18534 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18535 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18537 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18538 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18539 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18541 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18542 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18543 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18545 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18546 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18548 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18549 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18550 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18551 hemisphere you're in.)
18553 To test this function, evaluate:
18554 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18556 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18558 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18559 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18561 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18562 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18564 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18565 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18566 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18568 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18569 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18571 To test this function, evaluate:
18572 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18574 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18576 ;;;***
18578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18579 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18581 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18582 Main entry point for MPC.
18584 \(fn)" t nil)
18586 ;;;***
18588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18589 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18591 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18592 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18594 \(fn)" t nil)
18596 ;;;***
18598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18601 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18602 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18603 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18605 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18606 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18608 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18610 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18611 Toggle Msb mode.
18612 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18613 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18614 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18616 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18617 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18621 ;;;***
18623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21187
18624 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18625 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18627 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18628 Display a list of all character sets.
18630 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18631 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18632 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18633 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18634 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18636 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18637 but still shows the full information.
18639 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18641 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18642 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18643 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18645 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18646 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18647 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18648 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18649 meanings of these arguments.
18651 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18653 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18654 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18656 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18658 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18659 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18661 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18663 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18664 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18666 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18668 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18669 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18671 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18672 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18673 in place of `..':
18674 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18675 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18676 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18677 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18678 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18679 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18680 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18681 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18682 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18683 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18684 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18685 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18686 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18687 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18688 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18689 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18691 \(fn)" t nil)
18693 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18694 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18696 \(fn)" t nil)
18698 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18699 Display a list of all coding systems.
18700 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18702 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18703 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18707 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18708 Display a list of all coding categories.
18710 \(fn)" nil nil)
18712 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18713 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18714 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18716 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18718 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18719 Display information about FONTSET.
18720 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18722 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18724 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18725 Display a list of all fontsets.
18726 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18727 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18728 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18730 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18732 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18733 Display information about all input methods.
18735 \(fn)" t nil)
18737 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18738 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18740 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18741 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18742 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18743 system which uses fontsets).
18745 \(fn)" t nil)
18747 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18748 Show log of font listing and opening.
18749 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18750 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18752 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18754 ;;;***
18756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21187
18757 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18758 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18760 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18761 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18763 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18764 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18766 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18767 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18769 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18771 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18772 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18773 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18774 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18775 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18776 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18777 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18779 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18780 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18781 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18782 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18783 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18784 middle of a character in STR.
18786 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18787 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18789 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18790 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18791 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18792 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18793 defaults to \"...\".
18795 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18797 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18798 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18800 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18801 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18802 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18804 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18805 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18806 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18808 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18809 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18810 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18811 are considered.
18812 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18813 longer than KEYSEQ.
18814 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18816 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18818 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18819 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18820 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18821 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18822 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18823 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18824 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18825 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18826 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18827 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18828 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18830 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18832 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18833 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18835 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18837 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18838 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18840 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18842 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18843 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18845 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18847 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18848 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18850 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18852 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18853 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18854 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18855 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18856 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18858 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18859 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18861 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18862 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18863 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18864 coding systems ordered by priority.
18866 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18868 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18870 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18871 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18872 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18873 language environment LANG-ENV.
18875 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18877 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18878 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18879 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18880 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18881 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18882 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18884 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18886 ;;;***
18888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21187 63826
18889 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18890 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18892 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18893 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18895 \(fn)" t nil)
18897 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18898 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18900 \(fn)" t nil)
18902 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18903 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18905 \(fn)" t nil)
18907 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18908 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18910 \(fn)" t nil)
18912 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18913 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18915 \(fn)" t nil)
18917 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18918 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18920 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18922 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18923 Ping HOST.
18924 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18925 `ping-program-options'.
18927 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18929 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18930 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18932 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18934 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18935 Run nslookup program.
18937 \(fn)" t nil)
18939 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18940 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18942 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18944 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18945 Run dig program.
18947 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18949 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18950 Run ftp program.
18952 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18954 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18955 Finger USER on HOST.
18957 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18959 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18960 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18961 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18962 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18964 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18966 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18969 \(fn)" t nil)
18971 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18972 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18974 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18976 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18977 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18979 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18981 ;;;***
18983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21187 63826 213216
18984 ;;;;;; 0))
18985 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18987 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18988 Return a user name/password pair.
18989 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18990 listed in the PORTS list.
18992 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18994 ;;;***
18996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21187
18997 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18998 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19000 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19001 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19002 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19003 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19004 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19005 closes it.
19007 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19008 make it unique.
19009 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19010 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19011 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19012 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19013 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19014 a port number to connect to.
19016 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19017 values:
19019 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19020 nil or `network'
19021 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19022 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19023 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19024 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19025 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19026 an unencrypted connection.
19027 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19028 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19029 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19030 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19031 returned object is a killed process.
19032 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19033 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19034 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19036 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19037 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19038 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19039 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19040 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19041 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19042 or nil if none could be found.
19043 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19044 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19046 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19048 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19049 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19050 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19052 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19053 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19054 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19056 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19057 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19058 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19060 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19061 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19062 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19063 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19065 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19066 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19068 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19069 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19070 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19071 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19072 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19073 or STARTTLS connections.
19075 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19076 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19078 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19079 a greeting from the server.
19081 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19082 asynchronously, if possible.
19084 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19086 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19088 ;;;***
19090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21187
19091 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19092 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19094 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19095 Check whether newsticker is running.
19096 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19097 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19099 \(fn)" nil nil)
19101 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19102 Start the newsticker.
19103 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19104 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19105 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19106 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19108 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19110 ;;;***
19112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19113 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
19114 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19116 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19117 Start newsticker plainview.
19119 \(fn)" t nil)
19121 ;;;***
19123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21187
19124 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19125 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19127 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19128 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19130 \(fn)" t nil)
19132 ;;;***
19134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21187
19135 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19136 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19138 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19139 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19140 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19141 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19142 empty.
19144 \(fn)" nil nil)
19146 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19147 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19148 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19149 running already.
19151 \(fn)" t nil)
19153 ;;;***
19155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21187
19156 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19157 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19159 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19160 Start newsticker treeview.
19162 \(fn)" t nil)
19164 ;;;***
19166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21194 37048
19167 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
19168 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19169 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19171 ;;;***
19173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21204 37210 187838
19174 ;;;;;; 0))
19175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19177 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19178 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19180 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19182 ;;;***
19184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19185 ;;;;;; 0))
19186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19188 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19189 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19190 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19191 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19192 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19193 symbol in the alist.
19195 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19197 ;;;***
19199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21187 63826
19200 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19203 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19204 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19205 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19207 \(fn)" t nil)
19209 ;;;***
19211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (21187 63826
19212 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
19214 (push (purecopy '(nnmairix 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
19216 ;;;***
19218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19221 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19222 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19224 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19226 ;;;***
19228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19229 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19231 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19233 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19234 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19235 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19237 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19240 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19242 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19243 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19244 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19245 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19246 to future sessions.
19248 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19250 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19251 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19252 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19253 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19254 future sessions.
19256 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19258 ;;;***
19260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21187
19261 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19262 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19264 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19265 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19266 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19267 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19268 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19269 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19271 \(fn)" t nil)
19273 ;;;***
19275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19276 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19277 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19279 ;;;***
19281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21187 63826
19282 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19283 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19285 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19286 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19287 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19288 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19290 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19292 ;;;***
19294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21220 61111
19295 ;;;;;; 156047 0))
19296 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19298 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19299 Major mode for editing XML.
19301 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19302 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19303 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19304 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19305 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19306 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19307 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19309 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19311 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19312 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19314 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19315 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19316 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19317 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19318 instead of C-c.
19320 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19321 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19322 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19323 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19324 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19325 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19327 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19328 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19329 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19331 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19332 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19333 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19335 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19336 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19337 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19338 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19339 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19340 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19341 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19342 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19343 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19345 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19347 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19348 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19350 \(fn)" t nil)
19352 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19354 ;;;***
19356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21187 63826
19357 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19358 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19360 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19361 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19362 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19363 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19365 \(fn)" t nil)
19367 ;;;***
19369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21202 31159
19370 ;;;;;; 541460 0))
19371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19373 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19374 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19376 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19377 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19378 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19379 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19381 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19383 Key bindings:
19384 \\{octave-mode-map}
19386 \(fn)" t nil)
19388 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19389 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19390 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19392 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19394 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19395 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19397 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19398 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19399 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19403 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19405 ;;;***
19407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21220 61111
19408 ;;;;;; 156047 0))
19409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19411 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19413 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19414 Major mode for editing OPascal code. \\<opascal-mode-map>
19415 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19416 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19417 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19419 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19421 Customization:
19423 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19424 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19425 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19426 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19427 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19428 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19429 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19430 Directories to search when finding external units.
19431 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19432 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19434 Coloring:
19436 `opascal-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19437 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19439 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19440 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19442 \(fn)" t nil)
19444 ;;;***
19446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21196 19423 102965 0))
19447 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19449 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19450 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19452 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19454 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19455 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19456 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19457 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19458 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19459 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19461 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19463 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19464 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19465 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19466 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19467 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19469 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19471 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19472 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19474 \(fn)" nil nil)
19476 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19477 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19479 \(fn)" nil nil)
19481 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19482 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19483 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19485 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19486 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19487 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19488 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19489 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19490 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19491 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19492 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19493 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19494 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19496 The following commands are available:
19498 \\{org-mode-map}
19500 \(fn)" t nil)
19502 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19503 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19505 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19506 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19507 in special contexts.
19509 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19510 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19511 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19512 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19513 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19514 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19515 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19516 properties in the buffer.
19517 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19518 including any drawers.
19520 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19522 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19523 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19524 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19525 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19526 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19527 and zoom in further.
19528 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19529 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19531 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19532 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19533 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19534 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19535 times right after creating a new headline.
19537 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19538 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19539 is negative, go up that many levels.
19541 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19542 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19543 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19545 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19546 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19547 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19548 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19552 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19553 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19554 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19555 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19558 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19560 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19561 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19562 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19563 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19564 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19565 defined by Org-mode).
19567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19569 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19570 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19572 \(fn)" nil nil)
19574 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19575 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19577 \(fn)" nil nil)
19579 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19580 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19581 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19582 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19583 call CMD.
19585 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19587 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19588 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19589 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19590 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19592 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19593 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19594 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19596 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19597 part of Org's core.
19599 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19600 active region.
19602 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19604 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19605 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19606 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19608 \(fn)" t nil)
19610 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19611 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19612 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19613 Org-mode syntax.
19615 \(fn)" t nil)
19617 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19618 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19620 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19622 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19623 Switch between Org buffers.
19624 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19625 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19627 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19628 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19632 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19634 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19636 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19637 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19638 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19639 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19641 \(fn)" t nil)
19643 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19644 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19646 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19648 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19649 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19650 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19652 \(fn)" t nil)
19654 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19655 Reload all org lisp files.
19656 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19658 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19660 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19661 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19663 \(fn)" t nil)
19665 ;;;***
19667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21197 43194
19668 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
19669 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19671 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19672 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19676 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19677 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19678 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19679 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19681 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19682 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19683 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19684 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19685 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19686 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19687 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19688 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19689 e Export views to associated files.
19690 s Search entries for keywords.
19691 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19692 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19693 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19694 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19695 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19696 > Remove a previous restriction.
19697 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19698 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19699 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19701 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19702 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19703 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19705 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19706 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19707 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19708 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19709 \(if active).
19711 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19713 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19714 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19715 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19716 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19717 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19718 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19719 before running the agenda command.
19721 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19723 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19724 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19725 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19726 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19727 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19728 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19729 before running the agenda command.
19731 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19732 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19734 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19736 category The category of the item
19737 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19738 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19739 todo selected in TODO match
19740 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19741 diary imported from diary
19742 deadline a deadline on given date
19743 scheduled scheduled on given date
19744 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19745 closed entry was closed on given date
19746 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19747 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19748 block entry has date block including g. date
19749 todo The todo keyword, if any
19750 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19751 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19752 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19753 extra Sting with extra planning info
19754 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19755 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19756 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19758 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19760 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19761 Store agenda views.
19763 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19765 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19766 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19768 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19770 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19771 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19772 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19773 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19775 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19776 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19777 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19779 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19780 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19782 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19783 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19785 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19787 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19788 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19790 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19791 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19792 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19793 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19794 EDIT-AT.
19796 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19797 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19798 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19799 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19800 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19801 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19803 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19804 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19805 including newlines.
19807 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19808 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19809 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19810 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19811 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19812 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19813 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19815 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19816 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19817 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19818 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19820 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19821 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19822 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19823 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19824 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19825 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19826 Boolean search must match as full words.
19828 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19829 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19831 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19833 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19834 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19835 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19836 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19837 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19838 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19842 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19843 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19844 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19846 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19848 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19849 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19850 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19851 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19852 `org-stuck-projects'.
19854 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19856 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19857 Return diary information from org files.
19858 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19859 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19860 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19861 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19862 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19864 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19866 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19868 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19869 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19871 &%%(org-diary)
19873 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19874 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19875 So the example above may also be written as
19877 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19879 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19880 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19881 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19883 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19885 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19886 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19888 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19890 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19891 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19892 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19893 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19894 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19896 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19898 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19899 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19900 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19902 \(fn)" t nil)
19904 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19905 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19906 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19907 appointments.
19909 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19910 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19912 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19913 for filtering entries out.
19915 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19916 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19917 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19919 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19920 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19922 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19923 (category \"Work\"))
19925 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19926 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19928 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19929 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19930 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19931 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19932 details and examples.
19934 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19935 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19937 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19939 ;;;***
19941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21187 63826
19942 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19943 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19945 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19946 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19948 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19950 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19951 Capture something.
19952 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19953 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19954 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19955 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19956 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19957 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19959 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19960 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19961 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19962 stored.
19964 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19966 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19967 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19968 will be bypassed.
19970 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19971 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19972 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19973 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19975 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19977 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19978 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19980 \(fn)" t nil)
19982 ;;;***
19984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21187 63826
19985 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19986 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19988 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19989 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19991 \(fn)" t nil)
19993 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19996 \(fn)" nil nil)
19998 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19999 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20000 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20002 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20004 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20005 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20007 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20009 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20010 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20012 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20014 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20015 Write the column view table.
20016 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20018 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20019 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20020 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20021 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20022 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20023 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20024 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20025 using `org-id-find'.
20026 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20027 a hline before each level <= that number.
20028 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20029 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20030 :skip-empty-rows
20031 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20032 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20034 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20036 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20037 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20039 \(fn)" t nil)
20041 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20042 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20044 \(fn)" t nil)
20046 ;;;***
20048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21187 63826
20049 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20050 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20052 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20053 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20055 \(fn)" nil t)
20057 ;;;***
20059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20060 ;;;;;; 0))
20061 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20063 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20064 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20066 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20068 ;;;***
20070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21196 19423
20071 ;;;;;; 102965 0))
20072 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20074 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20075 The release version of org-mode.
20076 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20078 \(fn)" nil nil)
20080 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20081 The Git version of org-mode.
20082 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20084 \(fn)" nil nil)
20086 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20087 The location of ODT styles.")
20089 ;;;***
20091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21187 63826 213216
20092 ;;;;;; 0))
20093 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20094 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20095 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20097 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20098 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20099 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20100 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20102 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20103 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20104 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20105 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20107 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20108 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20109 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20110 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20111 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20112 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20114 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20115 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20116 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20118 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20119 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20120 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20121 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20122 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20123 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20124 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20125 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20126 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20127 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20128 The subheadings remain visible.
20129 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20131 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20132 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20133 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20135 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20136 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20138 \(fn)" t nil)
20140 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20141 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20143 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20144 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20146 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20149 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20151 ;;;***
20153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21216 7010
20154 ;;;;;; 238506 0))
20155 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20156 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20158 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20159 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20160 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20161 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20162 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20164 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20165 activate the package system at any time.")
20167 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20169 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20170 Install the package PKG.
20171 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20172 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20174 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20176 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20177 Install a package from the current buffer.
20178 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20179 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20180 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20182 \(fn)" t nil)
20184 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20185 Install a package from a file.
20186 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20188 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20190 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20191 Import keys from FILE.
20193 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20195 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20196 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20197 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20198 makes them available for download.
20200 \(fn)" t nil)
20202 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20203 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20204 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20205 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20207 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20209 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20210 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20212 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20214 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20215 Display a list of packages.
20216 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20217 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20218 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20220 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20222 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20224 ;;;***
20226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
20227 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20229 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20230 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20231 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20232 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20233 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20234 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20236 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20238 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20239 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20240 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20241 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20242 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20244 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20245 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20246 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20250 ;;;***
20252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21187
20253 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
20254 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20255 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20257 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20258 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20259 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20260 unknown are returned as nil.
20262 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20264 ;;;***
20266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21187 63826
20267 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20268 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20270 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20271 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20272 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20274 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20275 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20277 Other useful functions are:
20279 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20280 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20281 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20282 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20283 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20284 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20285 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20286 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20287 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20289 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20291 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20292 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20293 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20294 Indentation for case statements.
20295 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20296 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20297 mark after an end.
20298 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20299 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20300 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20301 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20302 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20303 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20304 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20305 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20306 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20307 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20309 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20310 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20312 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20313 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20315 \(fn)" t nil)
20317 ;;;***
20319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21187
20320 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
20321 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20323 (defvar password-cache t "\
20324 Whether to cache passwords.")
20326 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20328 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20329 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20330 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20332 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20334 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20335 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20337 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20339 ;;;***
20341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21190 39993
20342 ;;;;;; 744837 0))
20343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20345 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20346 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20347 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20349 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20350 _ matches anything.
20351 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20352 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20353 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20354 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20355 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20356 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20357 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20358 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20359 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20360 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20362 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20363 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20364 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20365 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20366 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20367 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20369 PRED can take the form
20370 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20371 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20372 which is the value being matched.
20373 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20374 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20375 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20376 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20377 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20379 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20381 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20383 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20384 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20385 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20386 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20388 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20390 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20392 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20393 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20394 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20395 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20397 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20399 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20401 ;;;***
20403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20404 ;;;;;; 0))
20405 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20407 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20408 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20410 \(fn)" nil nil)
20412 ;;;***
20414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21187 63826 213216
20415 ;;;;;; 0))
20416 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20418 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20419 Completion for `gzip'.
20421 \(fn)" nil nil)
20423 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20424 Completion for `bzip2'.
20426 \(fn)" nil nil)
20428 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20429 Completion for GNU `make'.
20431 \(fn)" nil nil)
20433 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20434 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20436 \(fn)" nil nil)
20438 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20440 ;;;***
20442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21187 63826
20443 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20444 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20446 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20447 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20449 \(fn)" nil nil)
20451 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20452 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20454 \(fn)" nil nil)
20456 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20457 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20459 \(fn)" nil nil)
20461 ;;;***
20463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21187 63826 213216
20464 ;;;;;; 0))
20465 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20467 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20468 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20470 \(fn)" nil nil)
20472 ;;;***
20474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21187 63826 213216
20475 ;;;;;; 0))
20476 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20478 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20479 Completion for `cd'.
20481 \(fn)" nil nil)
20483 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20485 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20486 Completion for `rmdir'.
20488 \(fn)" nil nil)
20490 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20491 Completion for `rm'.
20493 \(fn)" nil nil)
20495 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20496 Completion for `xargs'.
20498 \(fn)" nil nil)
20500 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20502 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20503 Completion for `which'.
20505 \(fn)" nil nil)
20507 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20508 Completion for the `chown' command.
20510 \(fn)" nil nil)
20512 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20513 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20515 \(fn)" nil nil)
20517 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20518 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20520 \(fn)" nil nil)
20522 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20523 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20524 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20526 \(fn)" nil nil)
20528 ;;;***
20530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21187 63826 213216
20531 ;;;;;; 0))
20532 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20534 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20535 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20537 \(fn)" nil nil)
20539 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20540 Completion for the `ack' command.
20541 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20542 long options.
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20546 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20548 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20549 Completion for the `ag' command.
20551 \(fn)" nil nil)
20553 ;;;***
20555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21187 63826 213216
20556 ;;;;;; 0))
20557 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20559 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20560 Support extensible programmable completion.
20561 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20562 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20564 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20566 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20567 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20569 \(fn)" t nil)
20571 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20572 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20573 This will modify the current buffer.
20575 \(fn)" t nil)
20577 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20578 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20580 \(fn)" t nil)
20582 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20583 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20584 This will modify the current buffer.
20586 \(fn)" t nil)
20588 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20589 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20591 \(fn)" t nil)
20593 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20594 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20596 \(fn)" t nil)
20598 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20599 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20600 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20601 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20602 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20604 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20606 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20607 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20609 \(fn)" nil nil)
20611 ;;;***
20613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21222 64465 21576 403000))
20614 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20616 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20617 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20618 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20619 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20621 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20623 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20625 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20626 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20627 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20628 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20629 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20630 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20631 FLAGS is ignored.
20633 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20635 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20636 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20637 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20638 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20639 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20640 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20641 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20642 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20644 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20646 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20647 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20648 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20649 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20650 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20651 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20652 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20653 passed to cvs.
20655 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20657 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20658 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20659 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20660 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20661 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20662 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20663 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20665 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20667 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20668 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20669 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20671 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20673 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20674 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20675 A value of nil means never do it.
20676 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20677 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20678 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20680 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20682 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20683 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20684 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20686 ;;;***
20688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21187 63826
20689 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20690 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20692 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20693 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20695 ;;;***
20697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21187
20698 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
20699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20700 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20701 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20702 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20703 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20704 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20705 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20707 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20708 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20709 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20710 Tab indents for Perl code.
20711 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20712 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20713 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20714 \\{perl-mode-map}
20715 Variables controlling indentation style:
20716 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20717 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20718 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20719 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20720 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20721 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20722 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20723 `perl-nochange'
20724 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20725 `perl-indent-level'
20726 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20727 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20728 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20729 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20730 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20731 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20732 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20733 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20734 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20735 `perl-brace-offset'
20736 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20737 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20738 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20739 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20740 `perl-label-offset'
20741 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20742 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20743 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20745 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20746 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20747 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20748 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20749 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20750 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20751 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20753 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20755 \(fn)" t nil)
20757 ;;;***
20759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21187 63826
20760 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20761 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20763 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20764 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20765 \\<picture-mode-map>
20766 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20767 afterwards settable by these commands:
20769 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20770 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20771 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20772 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20774 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20775 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20776 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20777 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20779 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20780 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20781 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20782 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20784 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20785 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20786 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20787 with these commands:
20789 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20790 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20791 Move to column following last
20792 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20793 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20794 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20795 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20796 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20797 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20799 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20801 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20802 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20803 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20804 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20805 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20806 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20808 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20809 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20810 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20811 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20812 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20813 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20814 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20816 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20817 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20818 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20819 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20820 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20821 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20822 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20823 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20825 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20826 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20827 by supplying an argument.
20829 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20831 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20832 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20834 \(fn)" t nil)
20836 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20838 ;;;***
20840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21187 63826 213216
20841 ;;;;;; 0))
20842 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20844 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20845 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20847 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20849 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20850 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20852 \(fn)" t nil)
20854 ;;;***
20856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21187 63826 213216
20857 ;;;;;; 0))
20858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20860 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20861 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20862 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20864 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20866 ;;;***
20868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
20869 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20871 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20872 Play pong and waste time.
20873 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20874 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20876 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20878 \\{pong-mode-map}
20880 \(fn)" t nil)
20882 ;;;***
20884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21193 16180 875828 0))
20885 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20887 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20888 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20889 Use streaming commands.
20891 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20893 ;;;***
20895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21187 63826 213216
20896 ;;;;;; 0))
20897 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20899 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20900 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20901 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20902 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20904 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20906 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20907 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20909 \(fn)" nil nil)
20911 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20912 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20913 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20914 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20915 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20917 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20919 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20920 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20921 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20923 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20925 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20926 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20928 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20930 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20931 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20932 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20933 Ignores leading comment characters.
20935 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20937 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20938 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20939 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20940 Ignores leading comment characters.
20942 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20944 ;;;***
20946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21187 63826 213216
20947 ;;;;;; 0))
20948 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20949 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20951 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20952 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20954 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20956 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20958 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20960 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20961 Preview directory using ghostview.
20963 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20964 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20965 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20966 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20968 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20969 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20970 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20971 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20972 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20973 file name.
20975 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20977 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20979 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20980 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20982 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20983 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20984 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20985 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20987 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20988 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20989 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20990 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20991 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20992 file name.
20994 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20996 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20998 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20999 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21001 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21002 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21003 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21004 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21006 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21007 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21008 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21009 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21010 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21011 file name.
21013 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21015 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21017 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21018 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21020 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21022 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21023 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21024 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21025 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21027 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21028 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21029 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21030 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21031 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21032 file name.
21034 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21036 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21038 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21039 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21041 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21042 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21043 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21045 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21046 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21047 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21048 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21050 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21052 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21053 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21055 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21056 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21057 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21059 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21060 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21061 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21062 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21064 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21066 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21067 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21069 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21070 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21071 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21073 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21074 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21075 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21076 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21078 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21080 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21081 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21083 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21085 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21086 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21087 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21089 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21090 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21091 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21092 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21094 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21096 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21097 Preview region using ghostview.
21099 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21101 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21103 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21104 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21106 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21108 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21110 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21111 Print region using PostScript printer.
21113 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21115 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21117 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21118 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21120 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21122 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21124 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21125 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21127 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21129 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21131 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21132 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21134 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21136 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21138 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21139 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21141 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21143 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21145 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21146 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21148 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21150 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21152 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21153 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21154 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21155 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21157 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21158 matching.
21160 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21161 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21163 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21165 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21167 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21168 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21169 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21170 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21172 \(fn)" t nil)
21174 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21175 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21176 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21177 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21179 \(fn)" t nil)
21181 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21182 Print directory using text printer.
21184 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21185 matching.
21187 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21188 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21190 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21192 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21194 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21195 Print buffer using text printer.
21197 \(fn)" t nil)
21199 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21200 Print region using text printer.
21202 \(fn)" t nil)
21204 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21205 Print major mode using text printer.
21207 \(fn)" t nil)
21209 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21210 Preview spooled PostScript.
21212 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21213 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21214 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21216 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21217 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21218 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21220 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21222 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21223 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21225 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21226 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21227 instead of sending it to the printer.
21229 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21230 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21231 image in a file with that name.
21233 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21235 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21236 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21238 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21239 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21240 instead of sending it to the printer.
21242 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21243 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21244 image in a file with that name.
21246 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21248 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21249 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21251 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21252 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21253 instead of sending it to the printer.
21255 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21256 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21257 image in a file with that name.
21259 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21261 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21262 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21264 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21266 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21267 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21269 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21271 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21272 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21274 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21277 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21279 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21281 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21282 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21284 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21286 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21287 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21289 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21290 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21291 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21292 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21294 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21295 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21296 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21297 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21298 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21299 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21300 file name.
21302 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21304 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21305 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21307 \(fn)" t nil)
21309 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21310 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21312 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21313 right.
21314 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21315 bottom.
21317 \(fn)" t nil)
21319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21320 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21322 \(fn)" t nil)
21324 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21325 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21327 \(fn)" t nil)
21329 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21330 Toggle printing with faces.
21332 \(fn)" t nil)
21334 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21335 Toggle spooling.
21337 \(fn)" t nil)
21339 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21340 Toggle duplex.
21342 \(fn)" t nil)
21344 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21345 Toggle tumble.
21347 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21348 right.
21349 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21350 bottom.
21352 \(fn)" t nil)
21354 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21355 Toggle landscape.
21357 \(fn)" t nil)
21359 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21360 Toggle upside-down.
21362 \(fn)" t nil)
21364 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21365 Toggle line number.
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21369 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21370 Toggle zebra stripes.
21372 \(fn)" t nil)
21374 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21375 Toggle printing header.
21377 \(fn)" t nil)
21379 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21380 Toggle printing header frame.
21382 \(fn)" t nil)
21384 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21385 Toggle menu lock.
21387 \(fn)" t nil)
21389 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21390 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21392 \(fn)" t nil)
21394 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21395 Toggle auto mode.
21397 \(fn)" t nil)
21399 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21400 Customization of the `printing' group.
21402 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21404 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21405 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21407 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21409 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21410 Help for the printing package.
21412 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21414 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21415 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21417 \(fn)" t nil)
21419 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21420 Interactively select a text printer.
21422 \(fn)" t nil)
21424 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21425 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21427 \(fn)" t nil)
21429 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21430 Show current ps-print settings.
21432 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21434 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21435 Show current printing settings.
21437 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21439 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21440 Show current lpr settings.
21442 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21444 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21445 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21447 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21448 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21449 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21450 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21453 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21455 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21456 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21457 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21459 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21460 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21461 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21462 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21463 current active printer.
21465 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21466 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21467 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21468 printer.
21470 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21471 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21472 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21473 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21474 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21477 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21478 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21480 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21482 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21483 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21484 be done using the new current active printer.
21486 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21487 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21488 printer.
21490 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21491 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21492 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21493 instead of sending it to the printer.
21495 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21496 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21497 printer.
21499 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21502 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21503 are both set to t.
21505 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21507 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21508 Fast fire function for text printing.
21510 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21511 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21512 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21513 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21515 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21516 user for a new active text printer.
21518 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21520 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21522 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21523 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21524 printer.
21526 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21528 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21529 are both set to t.
21531 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21533 ;;;***
21535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21536 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21538 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21539 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21540 \\<proced-mode-map>
21541 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21542 the process information.
21544 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21546 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21547 Proced buffers.
21549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21551 ;;;***
21553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21187 63826 213216
21554 ;;;;;; 0))
21555 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21557 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21558 Start/restart profilers.
21559 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21560 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21561 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21563 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21565 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21566 Open profile FILENAME.
21568 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21570 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21571 Open profile FILENAME.
21573 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21575 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21576 Open profile FILENAME.
21578 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21580 ;;;***
21582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21187 63826
21583 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
21584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21586 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21587 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21589 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21590 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21592 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21594 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21595 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21597 Commands:
21598 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21600 \(fn)" t nil)
21602 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21603 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21604 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21606 \(fn)" t nil)
21608 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21609 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21610 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21612 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21614 ;;;***
21616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21617 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21619 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21620 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21621 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21623 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21625 ;;;***
21627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21195 57908
21628 ;;;;;; 940910 0))
21629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21630 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21632 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21633 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21635 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21637 The following variables hold user options, and can
21638 be set through the `customize' command:
21640 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21641 `ps-mode-tab'
21642 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21643 `ps-mode-print-function'
21644 `ps-run-prompt'
21645 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21646 `ps-run-x'
21647 `ps-run-dumb'
21648 `ps-run-init'
21649 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21650 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21652 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21655 \\{ps-mode-map}
21658 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21659 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21660 The keymap for this second window is:
21662 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21665 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21666 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21667 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21668 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21669 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21671 \(fn)" t nil)
21673 ;;;***
21675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21207 49087 974317
21676 ;;;;;; 0))
21677 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21678 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21680 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21681 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21682 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21684 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21686 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21687 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21688 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21689 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21691 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21693 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21694 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21696 Valid values are:
21698 nil Do not print colors.
21700 t Print colors.
21702 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21703 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21705 Any other value is treated as t.")
21707 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21709 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21710 Customization of ps-print group.
21712 \(fn)" t nil)
21714 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21715 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21717 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21718 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21719 sending it to the printer.
21721 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21722 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21723 image in a file with that name.
21725 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21727 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21728 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21729 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21730 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21731 so it has a way to determine color values.
21733 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21735 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21736 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21737 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21739 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21741 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21742 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21743 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21744 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21745 so it has a way to determine color values.
21747 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21749 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21750 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21751 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21752 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21754 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21756 \(fn)" t nil)
21758 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21759 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21760 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21761 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21762 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21764 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21766 \(fn)" t nil)
21768 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21769 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21770 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21772 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21774 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21776 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21777 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21778 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21779 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21780 so it has a way to determine color values.
21782 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21784 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21786 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21787 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21789 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21790 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21791 instead of sending it to the printer.
21793 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21794 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21795 image in a file with that name.
21797 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21799 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21800 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21801 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21802 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21803 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21805 \(fn)" t nil)
21807 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21808 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21809 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21811 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21813 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21814 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21815 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21817 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21819 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21820 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21822 \(fn)" nil nil)
21824 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21825 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21827 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21828 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21830 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21831 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21833 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21835 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21837 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21839 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21840 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21842 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21843 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21845 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21846 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21848 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21850 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21852 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21854 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21855 foreground and background colors respectively.
21857 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21858 bold - use bold font.
21859 italic - use italic font.
21860 underline - put a line under text.
21861 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21862 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21863 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21864 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21865 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21867 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21869 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21871 ;;;***
21873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21187 63826 213216
21874 ;;;;;; 0))
21875 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21876 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21878 ;;;***
21880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21187 63826
21881 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
21882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21883 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21885 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21887 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21889 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21890 Run an inferior Python process.
21891 Input and output via buffer named after
21892 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21893 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21895 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21896 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21897 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21898 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21900 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21901 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21902 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21904 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21906 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21907 Major mode for editing Python files.
21909 \\{python-mode-map}
21911 \(fn)" t nil)
21913 ;;;***
21915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21916 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21918 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21919 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21920 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21921 coding-system.
21923 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21924 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21926 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21927 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21928 them into characters should be done separately.
21930 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21932 ;;;***
21934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21215 43189
21935 ;;;;;; 822371 0))
21936 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21938 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21939 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21941 \(fn)" nil nil)
21943 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21944 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21945 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21947 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21948 `quail-activate', which see.
21950 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21952 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21953 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21954 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21955 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21956 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21957 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21958 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21960 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21961 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21962 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21963 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21964 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21965 shown.
21966 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21968 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21969 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21970 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21971 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21972 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21973 list of candidates.
21975 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21976 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21977 command to be called.
21979 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21980 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21981 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21982 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21984 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21985 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21986 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21987 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21988 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21989 to t.
21991 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21992 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21993 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21994 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21996 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21997 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21998 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21999 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22000 defines no translations for single character keys.
22002 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22003 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22004 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22005 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22006 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22007 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22009 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22010 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22011 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22012 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22013 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22014 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22016 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22017 covers Quail translation region.
22019 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22020 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22021 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22022 for it) is inserted.
22024 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22025 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22026 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22028 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22029 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22030 non-Quail commands.
22032 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22034 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22035 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22037 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22038 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22039 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22040 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22041 you type is correctly handled.
22043 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22045 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22046 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22048 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22049 keyboard type.
22051 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22053 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22054 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22055 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22056 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22057 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22058 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22059 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22060 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22061 for the translation.
22062 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22064 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22065 it is used to handle KEY.
22067 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22068 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22069 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22070 the following annotation types are supported.
22072 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22073 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22075 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22076 candidate list.
22078 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22079 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22080 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22081 inserted.
22083 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22084 generated for the following translations.
22086 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22088 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22089 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22091 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22092 which to install MAP.
22094 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22096 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22098 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22099 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22101 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22102 which to install MAP.
22104 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22106 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22108 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22109 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22110 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22111 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22112 a function, or a cons.
22113 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22114 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22115 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22116 for the translation.
22117 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22118 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22119 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22120 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22121 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22123 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22124 it is used to handle KEY.
22126 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22127 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22128 current Quail package.
22130 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22131 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22133 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22135 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22136 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22138 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22139 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22141 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22143 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22144 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22146 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22148 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22149 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22150 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22151 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22152 of the Emacs source tree.
22154 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22155 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22157 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22158 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22159 of each directory.
22161 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22163 ;;;***
22165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21187
22166 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22167 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22169 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22170 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22171 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22172 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22174 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22176 ;;;***
22178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22179 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
22180 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22182 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22183 Activate UCS input method.
22184 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22186 While this input method is active, the variable
22187 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22189 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22191 ;;;***
22193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21222 16439 978802
22194 ;;;;;; 0))
22195 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22197 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22198 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22199 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22200 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22202 To make use of this do something like:
22204 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22206 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22208 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22209 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22211 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22212 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22213 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22215 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22217 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22218 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22220 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22222 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22223 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22225 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22226 is decided.
22228 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22230 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22231 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22233 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22234 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22235 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22237 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22239 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22240 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22242 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22244 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22245 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22247 \(fn)" t nil)
22249 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22250 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22252 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22254 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22256 \(fn)" t nil)
22258 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22259 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22261 \(fn)" t nil)
22263 ;;;***
22265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21187 63826 213216
22266 ;;;;;; 0))
22267 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22269 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22270 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22272 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22274 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22276 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22278 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22280 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22283 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22285 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22286 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22287 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22288 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22289 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22290 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22292 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22294 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22295 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22297 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22298 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22302 ;;;***
22304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21187
22305 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22308 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22310 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22311 Construct a regexp interactively.
22312 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22313 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22314 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22316 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22317 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22319 \(fn)" t nil)
22321 ;;;***
22323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21187 63826 213216
22324 ;;;;;; 0))
22325 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22327 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22328 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22329 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22331 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22332 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22334 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22336 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22337 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22338 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22339 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22340 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22342 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22343 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22344 were operated on recently.
22346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22348 ;;;***
22350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21203 52022 581300 0))
22351 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22353 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22354 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22355 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22356 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22357 ends.
22359 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22360 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22361 to be deleted.
22363 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22365 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22366 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22367 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22369 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22370 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22371 deleted.
22373 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22375 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22376 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22377 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22379 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22381 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22382 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22384 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22385 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22387 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22388 deleted.
22390 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22391 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22392 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22393 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22394 even beep.)
22396 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22398 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22399 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22401 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22403 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22404 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22406 \(fn)" t nil)
22408 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22409 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22410 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22411 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22412 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22413 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22414 and point is at the lower right corner.
22416 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22418 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22419 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22421 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22422 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22424 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22425 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22426 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22428 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22430 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22432 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22433 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22434 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22435 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22436 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22438 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22439 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22441 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22443 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22444 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22445 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22447 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22449 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22451 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22453 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22454 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22456 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22457 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22458 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22460 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22462 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22463 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22464 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22466 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22467 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22468 rectangle which were empty.
22470 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22472 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22473 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22475 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22476 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22477 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22478 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22480 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22482 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22483 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22484 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22488 ;;;***
22490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21187 63826
22491 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
22492 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22494 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22495 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22497 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22498 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22500 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22501 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22502 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22503 auto-filling.
22505 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22509 ;;;***
22511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21214 22326
22512 ;;;;;; 616729 0))
22513 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22515 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22516 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22518 \(fn)" nil nil)
22520 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22521 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22523 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22524 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22526 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22527 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22528 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22529 \\ref macro.
22531 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22532 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22533 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22535 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22536 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22537 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22539 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22540 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22542 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22543 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22545 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22546 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22547 on the menu bar.
22549 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22553 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22554 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22555 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22557 \(fn)" nil nil)
22559 ;;;***
22561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21214
22562 ;;;;;; 22326 616729 0))
22563 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22565 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22566 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22567 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22568 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22569 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22570 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22572 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22574 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22576 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22577 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22578 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22579 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22580 `reftex-cite-format'.
22582 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22583 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22584 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22585 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22587 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22589 ;;;***
22591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22592 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
22593 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22595 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22596 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22597 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22598 the current TeX document.
22600 With no argument, this command toggles
22601 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22602 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22606 ;;;***
22608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22609 ;;;;;; (21193 16180 875828 0))
22610 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22612 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22613 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22614 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22616 To insert new phrases, use
22617 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22618 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22620 To index phrases use one of:
22622 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22623 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22624 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22625 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22626 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22628 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22629 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22631 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22633 Here are all local bindings.
22635 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22637 \(fn)" t nil)
22639 ;;;***
22641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22642 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
22643 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22645 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22646 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22647 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22648 of master file.
22650 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22652 ;;;***
22654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21194
22655 ;;;;;; 37048 599945 0))
22656 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22657 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22658 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22659 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22660 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22662 ;;;***
22664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21187
22665 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22668 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22669 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22670 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22671 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22672 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22673 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22675 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22676 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22678 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22679 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22680 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22681 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22683 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22685 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22686 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22687 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22688 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22690 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22692 ;;;***
22694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21187 63826 213216
22695 ;;;;;; 0))
22696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22697 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22699 ;;;***
22701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21222 16439
22702 ;;;;;; 978802 0))
22703 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22704 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22706 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22707 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22708 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22709 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22711 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22713 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22715 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22716 Call `remember' in another frame.
22718 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22720 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22721 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22722 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22724 \(fn)" t nil)
22726 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22727 Extract diary entries from the region.
22729 \(fn)" nil nil)
22731 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22732 Creates notes buffer and switches to it if called interactively.
22734 If a notes buffer created by a previous invocation of this
22735 function already exist, it will be returned. Otherwise a new
22736 buffer will be created whose content will be read from file
22737 pointed by `remember-data-file'. If a buffer visiting this file
22738 already exist, that buffer will be used instead of creating a new
22739 one (see `find-file-noselect' function for more details).
22741 Name of the created buffer is taken from `remember-notes-buffer-name'
22742 variable and if a buffer with that name already exist (but was not
22743 created by this function), it will be first killed.
22744 \\<remember-notes-mode-map>
22745 `remember-notes-mode' is active in the notes buffer which by default
22746 contains only one \\[save-and-bury-buffer] binding which saves and
22747 buries the buffer.
22749 Function returns notes buffer. When called interactively,
22750 switches to it as well.
22752 Notes buffer is meant for keeping random notes which you'd like to
22753 preserve across Emacs restarts. The notes will be stored in the
22754 `remember-data-file'.
22756 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22758 ;;;***
22760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
22761 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22762 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22764 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22765 Repeat most recently executed command.
22766 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22767 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22768 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22770 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22771 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22772 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22773 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22775 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22776 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22777 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22779 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22781 ;;;***
22783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21227 3131 80151
22784 ;;;;;; 382000))
22785 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22787 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22788 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22790 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22791 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22792 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22793 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22794 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22795 and point is left after the salutation.
22797 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22798 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22799 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22800 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22801 left after that text.
22803 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22804 is non-nil.
22806 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22807 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22808 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22809 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22811 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22813 ;;;***
22815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21187 63826 213216
22816 ;;;;;; 0))
22817 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22819 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22820 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22821 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22822 visibility of comments that precede it.
22823 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22824 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22825 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22826 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22827 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22828 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22829 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22830 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22831 the comment lines.
22832 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22833 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22834 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22835 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22836 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22840 ;;;***
22842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
22843 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22845 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22846 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22847 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22848 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22849 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22851 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22852 reveals invisible text around point.
22854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22856 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22857 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22858 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22859 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22860 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22861 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22863 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22865 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22866 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22867 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22869 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22870 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22871 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22875 ;;;***
22877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21187 63826 213216
22878 ;;;;;; 0))
22879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22881 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22882 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22884 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22886 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22887 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22889 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22891 ;;;***
22893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21187 63826 213216
22894 ;;;;;; 0))
22895 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22897 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22898 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22899 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22900 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22902 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22904 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22905 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22906 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22907 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22909 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22910 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22912 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22913 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22915 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22916 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22917 INPUT-ARGS.
22919 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22920 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22921 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22922 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22923 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22925 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22926 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22927 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22928 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22930 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22931 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22932 variable.
22934 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22936 ;;;***
22938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21215 8902 333002
22939 ;;;;;; 878000))
22940 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22942 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22943 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22945 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22947 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22949 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22950 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22951 Its name should end with a slash.")
22953 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22954 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22956 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22957 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22958 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22960 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22962 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22963 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22964 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22965 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22966 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22967 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22968 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22970 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22971 sent by you under different user names.
22972 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22974 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22976 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22978 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22980 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22981 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22982 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22983 explicitly.")
22985 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22987 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22988 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22989 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22990 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22991 which normally happens once for each message,
22992 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22993 To make a change in this variable take effect
22994 for a message that you have already viewed,
22995 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22997 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22999 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23000 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23001 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23002 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23004 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23006 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23007 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23009 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23011 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23012 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23013 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23015 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23017 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23018 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23019 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23020 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23021 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23022 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23024 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23026 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23027 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23029 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23031 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23032 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23034 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23036 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23037 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23039 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23040 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23042 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23044 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23045 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23047 This is set to nil by default.")
23049 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23050 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23051 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23052 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23053 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23054 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23055 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23057 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23058 Read and edit incoming mail.
23059 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23060 file in RMAIL Mode.
23061 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23063 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23064 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23065 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23066 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23068 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23070 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23072 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23073 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23074 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23075 Instead, these commands are available:
23077 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23078 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23079 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23080 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23081 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23082 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23083 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23084 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23085 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23086 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23087 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23088 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23089 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23090 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23091 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23092 till a deleted message is found.
23093 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23094 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23095 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23096 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23097 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23098 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23099 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23100 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23101 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23102 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23103 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23104 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23105 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23106 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23107 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23108 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23109 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23110 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23111 (label defaults to last one specified).
23112 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23113 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23114 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23115 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23116 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23117 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23118 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23119 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23120 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23122 \(fn)" t nil)
23124 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23125 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23127 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23129 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23130 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23132 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23134 ;;;***
23136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21187 63826
23137 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23138 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23139 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23141 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23142 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23143 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23144 case it writes Babyl.
23146 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23147 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23148 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23149 `rmail-default-file'.
23151 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23152 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23153 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23155 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23156 the header display is currently pruned.
23158 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23159 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23160 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23161 messages after output.
23163 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23164 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23165 message (if writing a file directly).
23167 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23168 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23170 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23172 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23173 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23174 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23175 i) the header is output as currently seen
23176 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23177 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23179 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23180 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23181 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23183 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23185 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23186 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23187 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23188 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23189 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23190 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23191 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23193 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23194 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23195 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23197 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23199 ;;;***
23201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21187 63826
23202 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23203 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23205 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23206 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23207 Return a pattern.
23209 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23211 ;;;***
23213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21187 63826
23214 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23215 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23217 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23218 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23219 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23220 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23222 \(fn)" t nil)
23224 ;;;***
23226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21187 63826
23227 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23228 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23230 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23231 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23233 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23234 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23235 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23236 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23237 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23238 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23239 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23240 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23241 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23242 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23244 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23245 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23246 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23247 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23248 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23249 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23250 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23251 to use for finding the schema.
23253 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23255 ;;;***
23257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21187 63826 213216
23258 ;;;;;; 0))
23259 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23261 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23263 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23264 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23265 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23266 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23267 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23268 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23269 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23270 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23271 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23272 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23273 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23274 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23275 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23276 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23277 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23278 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23279 must be equal.
23281 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23283 ;;;***
23285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23286 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23287 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23289 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23290 Define a robin package.
23292 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23293 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23294 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23295 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23297 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23298 one replaces the old one.
23300 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23302 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23303 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23305 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23306 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23307 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23309 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23311 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23312 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23314 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23316 ;;;***
23318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
23319 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23321 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23322 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23324 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23326 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23327 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23329 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23331 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23332 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23334 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23336 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23337 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23338 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23340 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23341 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23342 in ROT13.
23344 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23346 \(fn)" t nil)
23348 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23349 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23351 \(fn)" t nil)
23353 ;;;***
23355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21204 37210 187838
23356 ;;;;;; 0))
23357 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23358 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23360 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23361 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23362 \\<rst-mode-map>
23364 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23365 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23366 highlighting.
23368 \\{rst-mode-map}
23370 \(fn)" t nil)
23372 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23373 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23374 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23375 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23376 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23378 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23379 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23380 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23384 ;;;***
23386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21228
23387 ;;;;;; 55223 319602 0))
23388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23389 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23391 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23392 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23394 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23396 \(fn)" t nil)
23398 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23400 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23402 ;;;***
23404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21187 63826 213216
23405 ;;;;;; 0))
23406 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23407 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23409 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23410 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23411 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23413 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23414 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23415 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23416 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23417 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23421 ;;;***
23423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21193 16180 875828
23424 ;;;;;; 0))
23425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23427 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23428 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23429 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23430 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23432 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23434 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23435 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23436 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23438 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23439 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23440 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23442 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23443 notation.
23445 STRING
23446 matches string STRING literally.
23448 CHAR
23449 matches character CHAR literally.
23451 `not-newline', `nonl'
23452 matches any character except a newline.
23454 `anything'
23455 matches any character
23457 `(any SET ...)'
23458 `(in SET ...)'
23459 `(char SET ...)'
23460 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23461 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23462 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23464 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23465 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23466 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23467 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23469 `(not (any SET ...))'
23470 matches any character not in SET ...
23472 `line-start', `bol'
23473 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23474 in the text being matched
23476 `line-end', `eol'
23477 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23479 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23480 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23481 string being matched against.
23483 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23484 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23485 string being matched against.
23487 `buffer-start'
23488 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23489 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23491 `buffer-end'
23492 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23493 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23495 `point'
23496 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23498 `word-start', `bow'
23499 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23501 `word-end', `eow'
23502 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23504 `word-boundary'
23505 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23506 word.
23508 `(not word-boundary)'
23509 `not-word-boundary'
23510 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23511 word.
23513 `symbol-start'
23514 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23516 `symbol-end'
23517 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23519 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23520 matches 0 through 9.
23522 `control', `cntrl'
23523 matches ASCII control characters.
23525 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23526 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23528 `blank'
23529 matches space and tab only.
23531 `graphic', `graph'
23532 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23533 space, and DEL.
23535 `printing', `print'
23536 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23537 and DEL.
23539 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23540 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23541 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23543 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23544 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23545 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23547 `ascii'
23548 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23550 `nonascii'
23551 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23553 `lower', `lower-case'
23554 matches anything lower-case.
23556 `upper', `upper-case'
23557 matches anything upper-case.
23559 `punctuation', `punct'
23560 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23561 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23563 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23564 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23566 `word', `wordchar'
23567 matches anything that has word syntax.
23569 `not-wordchar'
23570 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23572 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23573 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23574 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23575 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23577 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23578 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23579 `word' (\\sw)
23580 `symbol' (\\s_)
23581 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23582 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23583 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23584 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23585 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23586 `escape' (\\s\\)
23587 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23588 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23589 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23590 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23591 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23593 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23594 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23596 `(category CATEGORY)'
23597 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23598 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23600 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23601 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23602 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23603 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23604 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23605 `symbol' (\\c5)
23606 `digit' (\\c6)
23607 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23608 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23609 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23610 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23611 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23612 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23613 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23614 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23615 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23616 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23617 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23618 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23619 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23620 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23621 `ascii' (\\ca)
23622 `arabic' (\\cb)
23623 `chinese' (\\cc)
23624 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23625 `greek' (\\cg)
23626 `korean' (\\ch)
23627 `indian' (\\ci)
23628 `japanese' (\\cj)
23629 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23630 `latin' (\\cl)
23631 `lao' (\\co)
23632 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23633 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23634 `thai' (\\ct)
23635 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23636 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23637 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23638 `can-break' (\\c|)
23640 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23641 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23643 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23644 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23645 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23646 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23647 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23649 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23650 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23651 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23652 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23654 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23655 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23656 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23657 group number N.
23659 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23660 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23661 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23662 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23663 regular expression.
23665 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23666 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23667 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23668 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23669 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23671 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23672 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23674 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23675 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23677 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23678 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23679 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23681 `(* SEXP ...)'
23682 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23683 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23685 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23686 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23687 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23689 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23690 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23691 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23693 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23694 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23696 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23697 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23699 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23700 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23701 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23702 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23704 `(? SEXP ...)'
23705 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23707 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23708 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23710 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23711 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23712 matches N occurrences.
23714 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23715 matches N or more occurrences.
23717 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23718 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23719 matches N to M occurrences.
23721 `(backref N)'
23722 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23724 `(eval FORM)'
23725 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23726 `regexp-quote' it.
23728 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23729 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23731 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23733 ;;;***
23735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21187 63826
23736 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23737 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23738 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23740 ;;;***
23742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21187 63826 213216
23743 ;;;;;; 0))
23744 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23745 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23747 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23748 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23749 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23750 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23751 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23752 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23754 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23756 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23757 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23758 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23759 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23760 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23762 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23763 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23764 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23765 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23767 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23768 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23769 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23773 ;;;***
23775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21187 63826
23776 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23779 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23780 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23781 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23783 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23784 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23785 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23786 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23787 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23788 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23789 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23790 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23792 Commands:
23793 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23794 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23795 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23797 \(fn)" t nil)
23799 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23800 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23801 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23803 Commands:
23804 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23805 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23806 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23807 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23808 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23809 that variable's value is a string.
23811 \(fn)" t nil)
23813 ;;;***
23815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21187 63826
23816 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23817 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23819 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23820 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23821 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23823 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23825 \(fn)" t nil)
23827 ;;;***
23829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21187 63826 213216
23830 ;;;;;; 0))
23831 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23833 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23834 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23835 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23836 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23837 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23838 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23840 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23842 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23843 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23844 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23845 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23846 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23848 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23849 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23853 ;;;***
23855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21187 63826
23856 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23857 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23859 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23860 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23861 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23862 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23863 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23864 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23865 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23866 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23870 ;;;***
23872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21187 63826 213216
23873 ;;;;;; 0))
23874 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23875 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23876 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23878 ;;;***
23880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21187 63826
23881 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23882 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23883 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23885 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23886 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23887 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23889 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23890 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23891 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23892 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23893 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23894 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23895 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23896 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23897 keybinding for tag names.
23898 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23899 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23900 of the symbol under point.
23901 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23902 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23903 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23904 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23905 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23906 syntax tokens.
23907 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23909 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23911 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23912 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23913 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23914 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23915 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23916 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23918 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23920 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23921 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23922 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23923 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23924 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23926 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23927 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23928 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23929 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23930 Semantic mode.
23932 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23936 ;;;***
23938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23939 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23940 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23942 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23943 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23945 \(fn)" t nil)
23947 ;;;***
23949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23950 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23951 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23953 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23954 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23956 \(fn)" t nil)
23958 ;;;***
23960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21194 37048
23961 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
23962 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23964 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23965 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23967 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23968 king@grassland.com
23969 If `parens', they look like:
23970 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23971 If `angles', they look like:
23972 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23974 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23975 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23977 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23979 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23980 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23981 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23982 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23984 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23985 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23986 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23987 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23989 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23991 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23992 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23993 This is done when the message is initialized,
23994 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23996 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23998 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23999 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24000 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24002 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24004 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24005 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24006 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24007 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24008 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24009 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24010 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24012 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24014 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24015 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24017 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24019 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24020 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24021 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24022 be a Babyl file.")
24024 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24026 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24027 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24028 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24029 when you first send mail.")
24031 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24033 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24034 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24035 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24036 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24037 This file need not actually exist.")
24039 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24041 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24042 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24044 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24046 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24047 Alist of mail address aliases,
24048 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24049 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24050 can specify a different file name.)
24051 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24052 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24054 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24055 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24056 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24058 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24060 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24061 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24062 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24064 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24066 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24067 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24068 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24069 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24070 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24071 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24072 in the cited portion of the message.
24074 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24075 instead of no action.")
24077 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24079 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24080 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24081 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24082 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24083 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24085 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24087 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24088 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24089 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24090 If a string, that string is inserted.
24091 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24092 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24093 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24094 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24096 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24098 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24099 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24101 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24103 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24104 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24105 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24107 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24108 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24110 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24112 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24113 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24114 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24115 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24117 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24119 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24120 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24121 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24123 \(fn)" nil nil)
24125 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24127 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24130 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24132 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24133 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24134 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24136 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24137 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24139 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24140 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24141 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24142 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24143 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24144 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24145 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24146 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24147 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24148 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24149 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24150 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24151 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24152 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24154 \(fn)" t nil)
24156 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24157 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24158 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24159 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24161 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24163 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24164 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24165 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24166 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24167 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24168 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24170 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24171 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24172 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24174 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24175 User should not set this variable manually,
24176 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24177 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24178 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24180 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24181 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24182 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24183 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24185 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24186 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24188 \\<mail-mode-map>
24189 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24191 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24192 to move to message header fields:
24193 \\{mail-mode-map}
24195 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24196 when the message is initialized.
24198 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24199 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24201 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24202 is inserted.
24204 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24205 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24207 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24208 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24209 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24210 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24211 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24212 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24213 buffer without erasing the contents.
24215 The second through fifth arguments,
24216 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24217 the initial contents of those header fields.
24218 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24219 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24220 original message being replied to, or else an action
24221 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24222 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24223 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24224 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24225 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24226 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24228 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24230 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24231 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24233 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24235 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24236 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24238 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24240 ;;;***
24242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
24243 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24245 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24247 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24249 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24251 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24252 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24253 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24254 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24255 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24256 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24258 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24259 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24261 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24262 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24263 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24265 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24266 \\[server-start].
24268 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24270 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24271 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24272 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24273 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24275 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24277 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24278 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24279 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24280 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24281 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24282 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24284 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24286 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24287 Toggle Server mode.
24288 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24289 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24290 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24292 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24293 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24294 `server-start' for details.
24296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24298 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24299 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24300 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24302 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24303 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24305 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24307 ;;;***
24309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21220 61111 156047 0))
24310 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24312 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24313 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24315 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24316 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24317 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24318 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24319 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24321 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24322 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24323 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24324 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24325 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24326 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24328 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24329 displayed.
24331 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24332 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24333 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24335 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24336 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24338 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24339 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24341 \\{ses-mode-map}
24342 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24343 part):
24344 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24345 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24346 formula:
24347 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24349 \(fn)" t nil)
24351 ;;;***
24353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21187
24354 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
24355 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24357 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24358 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24359 Makes > match <.
24360 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24361 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24363 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24364 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24365 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24367 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24368 in your init file.
24370 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24372 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24373 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24374 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24376 \(fn)" t nil)
24378 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24379 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24380 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24381 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24382 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24383 which this is based.
24385 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24387 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24388 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24389 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24390 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24392 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24393 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24394 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24396 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24397 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24398 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24399 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24401 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24402 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24403 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24404 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24406 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24408 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24409 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24410 To work around that, do:
24411 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24413 \\{html-mode-map}
24415 \(fn)" t nil)
24417 ;;;***
24419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21215
24420 ;;;;;; 8729 374161 0))
24421 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24422 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24423 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24425 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24426 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24427 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24428 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24429 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24430 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24432 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24433 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24434 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24435 shell-specific features.
24437 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24438 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24439 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24440 \\<sh-mode-map>
24441 \\[sh-case] case statement
24442 \\[sh-for] for loop
24443 \\[sh-function] function definition
24444 \\[sh-if] if statement
24445 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24446 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24447 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24448 \\[sh-select] select loop
24449 \\[sh-until] until loop
24450 \\[sh-while] while loop
24452 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24453 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24454 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24455 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24456 would indent to the way it currently is.
24457 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24458 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24461 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24462 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24463 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24464 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24465 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24466 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24468 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24469 unquoted < insert a here document.
24471 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24472 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24473 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24475 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24476 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24478 \(fn)" t nil)
24480 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24482 ;;;***
24484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21187 63826
24485 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24488 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24489 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24491 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24492 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24493 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24495 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24496 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24497 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24498 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24499 the earlier.
24501 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24503 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24505 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24506 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24507 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24509 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24510 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24512 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24513 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24514 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24515 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24516 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24517 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24518 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24519 Emacs version).
24521 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24522 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24523 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24524 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24525 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24527 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24528 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24530 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24532 ;;;***
24534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21222 16439 978802
24535 ;;;;;; 0))
24536 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24538 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24539 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24540 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24541 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24542 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24543 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24544 sites in the cluster.
24546 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24548 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24549 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24550 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24551 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24552 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24554 \(fn)" t nil)
24556 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24557 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24558 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24559 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24560 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24561 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24562 `shadow-define-cluster').
24564 \(fn)" t nil)
24566 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24567 Set up file shadowing.
24569 \(fn)" t nil)
24571 ;;;***
24573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
24574 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24576 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24577 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24578 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24579 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24580 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24581 arguments.")
24583 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24585 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24586 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24587 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24588 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24589 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24591 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24592 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24593 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24594 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24595 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24596 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24597 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24598 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24599 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24600 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24601 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24603 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24604 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24605 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24606 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24607 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24608 `default-process-coding-system'.
24610 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24611 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24612 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24613 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24615 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24617 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24619 ;;;***
24621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21228 55223 319602 0))
24622 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24624 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24625 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24627 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24629 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24630 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24631 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24632 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24634 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24636 ;;;***
24638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21187 63826 213216
24639 ;;;;;; 0))
24640 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24642 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24645 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24647 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24650 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24652 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24655 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24657 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24660 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24662 ;;;***
24664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21187 63826
24665 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24666 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24668 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24669 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24670 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24671 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24672 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24674 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24676 \(fn)" t nil)
24678 ;;;***
24680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21187 63826
24681 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24684 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24685 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24686 \\{simula-mode-map}
24687 Variables controlling indentation style:
24688 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24689 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24690 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24691 `simula-indent-level'
24692 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24693 `simula-substatement-offset'
24694 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24695 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24696 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24697 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24698 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24699 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24700 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24701 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24702 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24703 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24704 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24705 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24706 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24707 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24708 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24709 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24710 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24711 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24712 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24713 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24714 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24715 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24716 or nil if they should not be changed.
24717 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24718 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24719 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24720 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24722 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24723 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24725 \(fn)" t nil)
24727 ;;;***
24729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21187 63826 213216
24730 ;;;;;; 0))
24731 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24733 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24734 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24736 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24737 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24738 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24739 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24741 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24743 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24745 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24746 Insert SKELETON.
24747 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24748 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24749 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24750 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24751 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24753 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24754 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24756 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24758 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24759 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24761 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24762 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24763 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24764 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24766 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24767 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24768 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24769 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24771 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24772 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24773 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24775 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24776 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24778 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24779 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24781 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24782 _ interesting point, interregion here
24783 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24784 interesting point set by _
24785 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24786 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24787 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24788 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24789 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24790 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24791 nil skipped
24793 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24794 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24796 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24797 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24798 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24799 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24800 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24801 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24802 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24803 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24805 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24806 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24807 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24808 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24809 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24810 available:
24812 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24813 then: insert previously read string once more
24814 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24815 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24816 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24818 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24819 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24821 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24823 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24824 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24826 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24827 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24828 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24829 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24830 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24831 such as backslash.
24833 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24834 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24835 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24837 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24839 ;;;***
24841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21187 63826
24842 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24843 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24845 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24846 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24847 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24848 buffer names.
24850 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24852 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24853 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24854 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24855 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24856 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24857 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24861 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24862 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24863 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24865 \(fn)" t nil)
24867 ;;;***
24869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21187 63826 213216
24870 ;;;;;; 0))
24871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24873 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24874 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24875 A list of images is returned.
24877 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24879 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24880 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24881 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24883 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24885 ;;;***
24887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21187 63826
24888 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24889 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24891 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24894 \(fn)" nil nil)
24896 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24897 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24899 \(fn)" t nil)
24901 ;;;***
24903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21187 63826 213216
24904 ;;;;;; 0))
24905 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24907 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24908 Play the Snake game.
24909 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24911 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24913 Snake mode keybindings:
24914 \\<snake-mode-map>
24915 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24916 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24917 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24918 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24919 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24920 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24921 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24923 \(fn)" t nil)
24925 ;;;***
24927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21187 63826
24928 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24929 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24931 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24932 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24933 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24934 Tab indents for C code.
24935 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24936 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24937 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24938 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24939 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24941 \(fn)" t nil)
24943 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24944 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24945 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24946 Tab indents for C code.
24947 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24948 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24949 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24950 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24951 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24953 \(fn)" t nil)
24955 ;;;***
24957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21187 63826 213216
24958 ;;;;;; 0))
24959 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24961 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24962 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24963 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24964 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24965 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24967 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24971 ;;;***
24973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21187 63826
24974 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24975 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24977 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24978 Play Solitaire.
24980 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24981 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24982 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24983 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24984 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24985 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24986 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24987 check after each move or undo.)
24989 What is Solitaire?
24991 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24992 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24993 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24995 Le Solitaire
24996 ============
24998 o o o
25000 o o o
25002 o o o o o o o
25004 o o o . o o o
25006 o o o o o o o
25008 o o o
25010 o o o
25012 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25013 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25014 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25015 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25017 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25018 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25019 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25020 this: o o .
25022 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25023 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25025 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25027 o o o
25029 . o o
25031 o o . o o o o
25033 o . o o o o o
25035 o o o o o o o
25037 o o o
25039 o o o
25041 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25043 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25045 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25047 ;;;***
25049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21227 34360 69622 0))
25050 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25051 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25053 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25054 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25056 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25057 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25058 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25059 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25060 contiguous.
25062 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25063 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25064 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25065 the sort order.
25067 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25068 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25070 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25071 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25072 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25073 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25074 is called.
25076 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25077 It should move point to the end of the record.
25079 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25080 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25081 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25082 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25083 starts at the beginning of the record.
25085 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25086 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25087 same as ENDRECFUN.
25089 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25090 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25091 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25092 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25093 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25094 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25095 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25097 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25099 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25100 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25101 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25102 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25103 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25104 the sort order.
25106 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25108 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25109 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25110 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25111 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25112 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25113 the sort order.
25115 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25117 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25118 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25119 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25120 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25121 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25122 the sort order.
25124 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25125 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25127 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25128 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25129 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25130 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25131 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25132 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25133 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25134 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25135 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25137 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25139 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25140 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25141 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25142 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25143 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25144 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25145 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25146 the sort order.
25148 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25150 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25151 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25152 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25153 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25155 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25156 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25158 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25159 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25160 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25161 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25162 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25163 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25164 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25165 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25167 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25169 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25170 the sort order.
25172 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25173 starting with the letter \"f\",
25174 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25176 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25178 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25179 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25180 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25181 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25182 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25183 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25184 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25185 the sort order.
25187 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25188 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25189 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25190 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25191 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25193 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25195 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25196 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25197 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25199 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25201 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25202 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25203 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25204 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25205 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25206 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25207 each repeated line.
25209 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25210 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25211 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25212 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25214 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25215 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25217 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25218 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25220 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25222 ;;;***
25224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21227 851 585414 0))
25225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25227 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25228 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25229 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25230 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25231 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25232 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25234 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25236 ;;;***
25238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21187
25239 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
25240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25242 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25243 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25245 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25246 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25247 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25249 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25251 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25252 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25253 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25254 server.
25256 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25258 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25259 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25260 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25262 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25264 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25265 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25266 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25267 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25268 Agent is plugged.
25270 \(fn)" t nil)
25272 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25273 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25274 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25275 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25277 \(fn)" t nil)
25279 ;;;***
25281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21220 61111 156047
25282 ;;;;;; 0))
25283 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25285 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25287 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25288 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25289 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25290 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25291 supported at a time.
25292 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25293 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25297 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25298 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25299 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25300 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25302 \(fn)" t nil)
25304 ;;;***
25306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21187 63826 213216
25307 ;;;;;; 0))
25308 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25310 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25311 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25313 \(fn)" t nil)
25315 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25316 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25318 \(fn)" nil nil)
25320 ;;;***
25322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21190 39993 744837
25323 ;;;;;; 0))
25324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25325 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 3)) package--builtin-versions)
25327 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25328 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25330 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25331 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25332 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25333 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25334 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25335 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25336 of the current highlighting list.
25338 For example:
25340 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25341 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25343 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25344 `_t' as data types.
25346 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25348 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25349 Major mode to edit SQL.
25351 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25352 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25353 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25355 \\{sql-mode-map}
25356 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25358 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25359 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25360 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25361 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25362 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25363 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25365 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25366 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25368 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25369 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25370 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25372 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25373 (lambda ()
25374 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25376 \(fn)" t nil)
25378 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25379 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25381 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25382 their settings.
25384 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25385 is specified in the connection settings.
25387 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25389 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25390 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25392 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25393 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25395 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25396 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25397 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25398 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25400 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25402 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25404 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25405 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25407 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25408 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25409 `*SQL*'.
25411 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25412 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25413 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25414 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25416 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25417 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25419 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25420 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25421 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25422 buffer.
25424 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25425 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25426 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25427 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25428 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25429 `default-process-coding-system'.
25431 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25433 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25435 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25436 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25438 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25439 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25440 `*SQL*'.
25442 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25443 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25444 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25445 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25447 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25448 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25450 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25451 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25452 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25453 buffer.
25455 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25456 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25457 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25458 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25459 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25460 `default-process-coding-system'.
25462 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25464 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25466 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25467 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25469 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25470 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25471 `*SQL*'.
25473 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25474 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25476 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25477 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25479 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25480 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25481 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25482 buffer.
25484 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25485 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25486 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25487 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25488 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25489 `default-process-coding-system'.
25491 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25493 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25495 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25496 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25498 SQLite is free software.
25500 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25501 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25502 `*SQL*'.
25504 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25505 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25506 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25507 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25509 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25510 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25512 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25513 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25514 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25515 buffer.
25517 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25518 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25519 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25520 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25521 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25522 `default-process-coding-system'.
25524 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25526 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25528 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25529 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25531 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25533 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25534 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25535 `*SQL*'.
25537 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25538 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25539 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25540 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25542 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25543 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25545 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25546 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25547 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25548 buffer.
25550 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25551 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25552 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25553 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25554 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25555 `default-process-coding-system'.
25557 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25559 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25561 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25562 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25564 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25565 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25566 `*SQL*'.
25568 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25569 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25570 defaults, if set.
25572 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25573 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25575 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25576 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25577 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25578 buffer.
25580 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25581 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25582 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25583 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25584 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25585 `default-process-coding-system'.
25587 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25589 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25591 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25592 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25594 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25595 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25596 `*SQL*'.
25598 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25599 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25601 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25602 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25604 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25605 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25606 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25607 buffer.
25609 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25610 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25611 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25612 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25613 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25614 `default-process-coding-system'.
25616 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25618 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25620 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25621 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25623 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25624 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25625 `*SQL*'.
25627 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25628 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25629 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25630 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25632 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25633 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25635 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25636 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25637 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25638 buffer.
25640 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25641 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25642 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25643 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25644 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25645 `default-process-coding-system'.
25647 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25649 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25651 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25652 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25654 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25655 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25656 `*SQL*'.
25658 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25659 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25660 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25661 `sql-postgres-options'.
25663 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25664 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25666 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25667 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25668 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25669 buffer.
25671 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25672 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25673 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25674 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25675 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25676 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25677 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25678 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25680 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25681 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25683 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25685 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25687 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25688 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25690 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25691 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25692 `*SQL*'.
25694 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25695 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25696 defaults, if set.
25698 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25699 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25701 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25702 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25703 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25704 buffer.
25706 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25707 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25708 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25709 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25710 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25711 `default-process-coding-system'.
25713 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25715 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25717 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25718 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25720 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25721 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25722 `*SQL*'.
25724 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25725 automatic login.
25727 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25728 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25730 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25731 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25732 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25733 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25735 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25736 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25737 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25738 buffer.
25740 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25741 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25742 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25743 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25744 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25745 `default-process-coding-system'.
25747 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25749 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25751 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25752 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25754 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25755 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25756 `*SQL*'.
25758 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25759 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25760 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25761 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25762 parameters.
25764 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25765 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25766 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25767 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25768 an empty password.
25770 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25771 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25773 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25774 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25775 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25776 buffer.
25778 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25780 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25782 ;;;***
25784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21187 63826 213216
25785 ;;;;;; 0))
25786 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25787 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25789 ;;;***
25791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25792 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
25793 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25795 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25796 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25798 \(fn)" t nil)
25800 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25802 ;;;***
25804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21187 63826
25805 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
25806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25808 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25809 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25810 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25811 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25812 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25813 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25814 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25815 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25816 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25817 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25818 with any buffer
25819 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25820 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25821 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25822 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25824 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25826 ;;;***
25828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21222 16439 978802
25829 ;;;;;; 0))
25830 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25832 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25833 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25834 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25835 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25836 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25837 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25839 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25841 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25843 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25844 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25845 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25846 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25847 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25848 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25849 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25851 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25853 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25854 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25855 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25856 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25857 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25858 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25859 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25861 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25863 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25864 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25865 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25867 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25869 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25870 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25871 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25873 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25875 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25876 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25878 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25880 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25881 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25883 \(fn)" t nil)
25885 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25886 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25888 \(fn)" t nil)
25890 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25891 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25892 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25893 chronologically by command name.
25894 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25896 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25898 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25899 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25900 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25901 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25902 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25903 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25905 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25907 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25908 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25909 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25910 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25911 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25913 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25914 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25915 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25916 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25917 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25919 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25920 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25921 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25922 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25924 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25928 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25929 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25930 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25931 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25933 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25935 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25936 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25938 \(fn)" t nil)
25940 ;;;***
25942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955
25943 ;;;;;; 0))
25944 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25946 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25947 Studlify-case the region.
25949 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25951 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25952 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25954 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25956 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25957 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25959 \(fn)" t nil)
25961 ;;;***
25963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21193 16180
25964 ;;;;;; 875828 0))
25965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25967 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25968 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25969 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25970 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25971 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25973 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25974 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25975 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25976 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25978 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25979 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25980 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25982 Nomenclature Subwords
25983 ===========================================================
25984 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25985 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25986 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25988 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25989 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25990 as words.
25992 \\{subword-mode-map}
25994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25996 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25997 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25998 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25999 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26000 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26001 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26003 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26005 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26006 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26007 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26008 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26009 ARG is omitted or nil.
26011 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26012 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26013 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26017 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26018 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26019 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26020 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26021 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26023 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26024 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
26025 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
26027 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
26028 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
26029 edit them as words.
26031 \\{superword-mode-map}
26033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26035 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26036 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26037 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26039 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26040 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26042 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26044 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26045 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26046 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26047 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26048 ARG is omitted or nil.
26050 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26051 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26052 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26056 ;;;***
26058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21215 9357
26059 ;;;;;; 840145 208000))
26060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26062 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26063 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26064 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26065 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26066 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26067 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26068 original message but it does require a few things:
26070 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26072 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26073 reply buffer.
26075 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26076 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26077 original message.
26079 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26081 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26083 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26084 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26085 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26087 \(fn)" nil nil)
26089 ;;;***
26091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21187 63826 213216
26092 ;;;;;; 0))
26093 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26095 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26097 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26098 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26099 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26101 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26102 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26104 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26106 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26107 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26109 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26110 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26112 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26113 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26114 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26118 ;;;***
26120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
26121 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26123 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26124 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26125 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26126 buffer.
26128 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26129 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26130 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26132 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26134 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26135 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26136 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26137 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26138 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26139 buffer.
26141 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26142 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26143 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26145 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26147 ;;;***
26149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21194 37048 599945
26150 ;;;;;; 0))
26151 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26153 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26154 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26155 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26157 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26159 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26160 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26162 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26164 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26165 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26167 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26169 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26170 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26172 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26174 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26175 Insert an editable text table.
26176 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26177 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26178 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26179 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26180 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26181 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26182 delimiting them.
26184 Examples:
26186 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26188 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26189 location of point.
26193 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26194 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26195 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26196 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26197 first cell.
26199 +-----+-----+-----+
26200 |-!- | | |
26201 +-----+-----+-----+
26203 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26205 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26206 width, which results as
26208 +--------------+-----+-----+
26209 |-!- | | |
26210 +--------------+-----+-----+
26212 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26213 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26215 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26216 | | |-!- |
26217 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26219 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26220 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26221 width information to `table-insert'.
26223 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26225 instead of
26227 Cell width(s): 5
26229 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26230 work all together.
26232 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26233 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26235 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26236 |-!- | | |
26237 | | | |
26238 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26240 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26242 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26243 |-!- | | |
26244 | | | |
26245 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26246 | | | |
26247 | | | |
26248 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26250 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26252 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26253 | | | |
26254 | | | |
26255 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26256 | | | |
26257 | | | |
26258 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26261 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26262 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26263 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26265 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26266 | | | |
26267 | | | |
26268 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26269 | | | |
26270 | | | |
26271 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26272 |-!- | | |
26273 | | | |
26274 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26276 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26277 results.
26279 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26280 | | | |
26281 | | | |
26282 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26283 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26284 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26285 | | |expected results.-!- |
26286 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26287 | | | |
26288 | | | |
26289 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26291 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26293 \\{table-cell-map}
26295 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26297 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26298 Insert N table row(s).
26299 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26300 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26301 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26302 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26304 \(fn N)" t nil)
26306 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26307 Insert N table column(s).
26308 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26309 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26310 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26311 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26313 \(fn N)" t nil)
26315 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26316 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26317 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26319 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26321 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26322 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26323 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26324 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26325 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26326 all the table specific features.
26328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26330 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26333 \(fn)" t nil)
26335 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26336 Recognize all tables within region.
26337 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26338 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26339 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26340 specific features.
26342 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26344 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26347 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26349 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26350 Recognize a table at point.
26351 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26352 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26353 the table specific features.
26355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26357 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26360 \(fn)" t nil)
26362 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26363 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26364 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26365 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26366 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26367 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26368 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26370 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26372 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26375 \(fn)" t nil)
26377 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26378 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26379 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26380 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26381 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26382 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26383 specified.
26385 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26387 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26388 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26389 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26390 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26391 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26392 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26393 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26394 table structure.
26396 \(fn N)" t nil)
26398 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26399 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26400 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26401 table's rectangle structure.
26403 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26405 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26406 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26407 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26408 table's rectangle structure.
26410 \(fn N)" t nil)
26412 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26413 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26414 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26415 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26416 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26418 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26420 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26421 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26422 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26424 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26425 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26426 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26427 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26428 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26429 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26430 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26432 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26433 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26434 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26435 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26436 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26437 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26438 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26440 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26441 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26442 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26443 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26444 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26445 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26446 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26447 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26449 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26451 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26452 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26453 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26454 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26458 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26459 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26460 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26462 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26464 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26465 Split current cell vertically.
26466 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26468 \(fn)" t nil)
26470 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26471 Split current cell horizontally.
26472 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26474 \(fn)" t nil)
26476 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26477 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26478 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26480 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26482 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26483 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26484 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26485 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26487 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26489 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26490 Justify cell contents.
26491 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26492 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26493 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26494 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26496 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26498 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26499 Justify cells of a row.
26500 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26501 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26503 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26505 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26506 Justify cells of a column.
26507 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26508 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26510 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26512 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26513 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26514 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26515 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26516 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26517 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26518 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26519 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26520 run-time.
26522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26524 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26525 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26526 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26527 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26528 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26529 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26530 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26531 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26532 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26533 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26534 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26536 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26538 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26539 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26540 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26541 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26542 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26543 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26544 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26545 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26546 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26547 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26548 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26549 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26550 untouched.
26552 References used for this implementation:
26554 HTML:
26555 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26557 LaTeX:
26558 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26560 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26561 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26562 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26564 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26566 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26567 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26568 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26569 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26570 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26571 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26572 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26573 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26574 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26575 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26576 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26577 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26578 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26579 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26580 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26581 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26582 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26584 Example:
26586 (progn
26587 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26588 (table-forward-cell 15)
26589 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26590 (table-forward-cell 16)
26591 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26592 (table-forward-cell 1)
26593 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26595 (progn
26596 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26597 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26598 (table-forward-cell 1)
26599 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26601 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26603 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26604 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26605 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26606 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26607 consists from cells of same height.
26609 \(fn N)" t nil)
26611 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26612 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26613 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26614 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26615 column must consists from cells of same width.
26617 \(fn N)" t nil)
26619 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26620 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26621 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26622 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26623 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26624 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26625 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26626 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26627 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26628 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26629 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26630 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26631 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26632 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26633 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26636 Example 1:
26638 1, 2, 3, 4
26639 5, 6, 7, 8
26640 , 9, 10
26642 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26643 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26644 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26645 specified as 5.
26647 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26648 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26649 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26650 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26651 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26652 | | 9 | 10 | |
26653 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26655 Note:
26657 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26658 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26659 of each row is optional.
26662 Example 2:
26664 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26665 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26666 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26667 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26668 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26670 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26671 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26673 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26674 expression and raw delimiter regular
26675 expression, it parses the specified text
26676 area and extracts cell items from
26677 non-table text and then forms a table out
26678 of them.
26680 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26681 creates a single cell table. The text in
26682 the specified region is placed in that
26683 cell.-*-
26685 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26686 like this.
26688 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26689 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26690 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26692 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26693 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26694 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26695 | area and extracts cell items from |
26696 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26697 | of them. |
26699 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26700 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26701 | the specified region is placed in that |
26702 | cell. |
26703 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26705 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26706 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26707 independently.
26709 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26710 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26711 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26712 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26713 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26714 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26715 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26716 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26717 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26718 | |of them. |
26719 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26720 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26721 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26722 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26723 | |cell. |
26724 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26726 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26727 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26728 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26730 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26732 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26733 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26734 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26735 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26736 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26738 \(fn)" t nil)
26740 ;;;***
26742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
26743 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26745 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26746 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26748 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26750 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26751 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26753 \(fn)" t nil)
26755 ;;;***
26757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21187 63826 213216
26758 ;;;;;; 0))
26759 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26761 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26762 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26763 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26764 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26765 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26766 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26767 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26769 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26770 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26771 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26772 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26774 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26775 \\{tar-mode-map}
26777 \(fn)" t nil)
26779 ;;;***
26781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21187 63826 213216
26782 ;;;;;; 0))
26783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26785 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26786 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26787 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26788 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26789 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26790 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26792 Variables controlling indentation style:
26793 `tcl-indent-level'
26794 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26795 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26796 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26798 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26799 documentation for details):
26800 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26801 Controls action of TAB key.
26802 `tcl-auto-newline'
26803 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26804 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26805 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26806 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26807 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26809 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26810 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26811 already exist.
26813 \(fn)" t nil)
26815 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26816 Run inferior Tcl process.
26817 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26818 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26820 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26822 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26823 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26824 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26826 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26828 ;;;***
26830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21187 63826 213216
26831 ;;;;;; 0))
26832 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26834 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26835 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26836 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26837 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26839 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26840 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26841 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26842 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26843 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26845 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26847 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26848 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26849 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26850 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26852 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26854 ;;;***
26856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21215 43189 822371 0))
26857 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26859 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26860 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26861 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26862 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26863 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26864 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26866 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26868 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26869 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26870 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26871 commands to use in that buffer.
26873 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26875 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26877 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26878 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26880 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26882 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26883 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26884 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26885 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26886 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26887 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26888 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26889 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26890 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26891 use in that buffer.
26892 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26894 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26896 ;;;***
26898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21187
26899 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
26900 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26902 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26903 Start coverage on function under point.
26905 \(fn)" t nil)
26907 ;;;***
26909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21187 63826 213216
26910 ;;;;;; 0))
26911 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26912 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26914 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26915 Play the Tetris game.
26916 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26917 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26918 as to form complete rows.
26920 tetris-mode keybindings:
26921 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26922 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26923 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26924 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26925 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26926 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26927 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26928 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26929 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26931 \(fn)" t nil)
26933 ;;;***
26935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21199 54969
26936 ;;;;;; 178188 0))
26937 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26939 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26940 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26942 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26944 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26945 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26946 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26947 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26948 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26950 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26952 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26953 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26954 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26955 if it matches the first line of the file,
26956 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26958 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26960 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26961 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26962 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26963 if the variable is non-nil.")
26965 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26967 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26968 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26970 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26972 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26973 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26974 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26975 See the documentation of that variable.")
26977 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26979 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26980 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26981 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26982 See the documentation of that variable.")
26984 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26986 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26987 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26988 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26989 See the documentation of that variable.")
26991 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26993 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26994 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26995 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26996 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26997 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26999 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27001 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27002 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27003 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27004 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27006 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27008 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27009 User defined LaTeX block names.
27010 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27012 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27014 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27015 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27016 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27017 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27019 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27021 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27022 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27023 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27024 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27026 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27028 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27029 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27030 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27031 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27033 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27034 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27035 for example,
27037 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27038 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27040 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27041 use.")
27043 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27045 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27046 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27047 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27048 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27049 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27051 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27053 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27055 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27056 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27057 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27059 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27061 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27062 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27063 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27064 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27065 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27067 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27069 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27070 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27072 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27074 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27075 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27077 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27079 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27080 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27081 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27082 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27083 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27084 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27085 says which mode to use.
27087 \(fn)" t nil)
27089 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27091 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27093 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27095 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27096 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27097 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27098 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27099 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27101 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27102 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27103 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27104 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27105 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27106 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27107 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27109 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27110 mismatched $'s or braces.
27112 Special commands:
27113 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27115 Mode variables:
27116 tex-run-command
27117 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27118 tex-directory
27119 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27120 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27121 tex-dvi-print-command
27122 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27123 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27124 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27125 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27126 tex-dvi-view-command
27127 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27128 tex-show-queue-command
27129 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27130 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27132 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27133 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27134 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27136 \(fn)" t nil)
27138 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27139 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27140 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27141 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27142 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27144 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27145 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27146 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27147 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27148 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27149 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27150 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27152 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27153 mismatched $'s or braces.
27155 Special commands:
27156 \\{latex-mode-map}
27158 Mode variables:
27159 latex-run-command
27160 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27161 tex-directory
27162 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27163 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27164 tex-dvi-print-command
27165 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27166 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27167 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27168 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27169 tex-dvi-view-command
27170 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27171 tex-show-queue-command
27172 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27173 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27175 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27176 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27177 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27179 \(fn)" t nil)
27181 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27182 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27183 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27184 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27185 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27187 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27188 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27189 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27190 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27191 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27192 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27193 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27195 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27196 mismatched $'s or braces.
27198 Special commands:
27199 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27201 Mode variables:
27202 slitex-run-command
27203 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27204 tex-directory
27205 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27206 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27207 tex-dvi-print-command
27208 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27209 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27210 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27211 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27212 tex-dvi-view-command
27213 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27214 tex-show-queue-command
27215 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27216 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27218 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27219 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27220 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27221 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27223 \(fn)" t nil)
27225 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27228 \(fn)" nil nil)
27230 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27231 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27233 \(fn)" t nil)
27235 ;;;***
27237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21187 63826
27238 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
27239 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27241 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27242 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27243 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27244 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27246 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27247 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27248 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27250 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27252 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27253 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27254 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27255 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27256 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27258 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27260 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27261 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27262 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27263 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27265 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27266 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27267 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27268 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27270 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27271 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27273 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27275 ;;;***
27277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21187 63826
27278 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
27279 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27281 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27282 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27284 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27286 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27287 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27289 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27291 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27292 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27294 It has these extra commands:
27295 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27297 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27298 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27299 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27300 modified version of TeX input format.
27302 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27303 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27304 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27305 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27307 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27308 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27309 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27310 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27311 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27312 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27313 in the Texinfo file.
27315 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27316 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27317 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27318 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27319 move forward past the closing brace.
27321 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27322 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27324 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27325 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27326 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27328 Here are the functions:
27330 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27331 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27332 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27334 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27335 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27336 texinfo-master-menu
27338 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27340 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27341 which menu descriptions are indented.
27343 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27344 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27345 in the region.
27347 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27348 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27349 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27350 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27352 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27353 be the first node in the file.
27355 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27356 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27358 \(fn)" t nil)
27360 ;;;***
27362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21187
27363 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27364 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27366 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27367 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27368 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27369 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27371 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27373 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27374 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27376 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27378 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27379 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27381 \(fn)" t nil)
27383 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27386 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27388 ;;;***
27390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21187 63826 213216
27391 ;;;;;; 0))
27392 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27394 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27395 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27396 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27397 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27398 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27399 `line', and `page'.
27401 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27403 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27404 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27405 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27406 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27407 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27408 `line', and `page'.
27410 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27411 valid THING.
27413 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27414 positions of the thing found.
27416 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27418 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27419 Return the THING at point.
27420 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27421 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27422 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27423 `line', `number', and `page'.
27425 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27426 strip text properties from the return value.
27428 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27429 a symbol as a valid THING.
27431 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27433 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27434 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27436 \(fn)" nil nil)
27438 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27439 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27441 \(fn)" nil nil)
27443 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27444 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27446 \(fn)" nil nil)
27448 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27449 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27451 \(fn)" nil nil)
27453 ;;;***
27455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
27456 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27458 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27459 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27461 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27463 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27464 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27465 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27466 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27468 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27470 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27471 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27473 \(fn)" t nil)
27475 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27476 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27478 \(fn)" t nil)
27480 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27482 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27483 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27485 \(fn)" t nil)
27487 ;;;***
27489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21187
27490 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27491 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27493 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27494 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27495 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27497 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27499 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27500 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27502 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27504 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27505 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27506 The returned string has no composition information.
27508 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27510 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27511 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27513 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27515 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27516 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27518 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27520 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27521 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27522 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27523 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27525 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27527 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27528 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27529 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27530 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27532 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27534 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27535 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27536 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27538 \(fn)" t nil)
27540 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27541 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27542 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27544 \(fn)" t nil)
27546 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27549 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27551 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27554 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27556 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27559 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27561 ;;;***
27563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21187 63826
27564 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
27565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27566 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27568 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27569 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27570 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27571 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27572 parameters.
27573 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27575 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27577 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27578 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27579 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27580 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27581 parameters.
27582 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27584 \(fn)" t nil)
27586 ;;;***
27588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
27589 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27591 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27592 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27594 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27595 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27597 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27598 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27599 This display updates automatically every minute.
27600 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27601 are displayed as well.
27602 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27604 \(fn)" t nil)
27606 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27607 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27608 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27609 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27610 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27611 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27613 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27615 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27616 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27617 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27618 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27619 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27621 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27622 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27623 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27624 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27625 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27629 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27630 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27631 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27632 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27634 \(fn)" t nil)
27636 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27637 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27638 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27639 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27641 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27643 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27644 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27646 \(fn)" t nil)
27648 ;;;***
27650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21187
27651 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27652 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27654 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27655 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27656 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27658 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27659 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27660 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27661 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27662 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27663 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27665 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27666 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27668 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27670 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27671 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27673 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27675 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27676 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27678 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27680 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27681 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27682 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27684 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27686 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27688 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27689 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27690 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27692 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27694 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27695 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27697 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27699 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27700 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27701 DATE should be a date-time string.
27703 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27705 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27706 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27707 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27709 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27711 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27712 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27714 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27716 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27717 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27719 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27721 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27722 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27723 TIME should be a time value.
27724 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27726 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27728 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27729 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27730 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27732 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27734 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27735 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27736 The valid format specifiers are:
27737 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27738 %d is the number of days.
27739 %h is the number of hours.
27740 %m is the number of minutes.
27741 %s is the number of seconds.
27742 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27743 %% is a literal \"%\".
27745 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27746 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27748 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27749 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27750 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27752 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27753 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27754 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27756 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27758 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27760 ;;;***
27762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21187 63826 213216
27763 ;;;;;; 0))
27764 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27765 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27766 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27767 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27768 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27769 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27770 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27771 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27772 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27774 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27775 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27776 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27777 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27778 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27779 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27780 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27781 look like one of the following:
27782 Time-stamp: <>
27783 Time-stamp: \" \"
27784 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27785 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27786 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27787 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27788 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27789 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27790 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27791 the template.
27793 \(fn)" t nil)
27795 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27796 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27797 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27801 ;;;***
27803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21222
27804 ;;;;;; 16439 978802 0))
27805 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27806 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27808 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27809 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27810 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27813 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27815 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27817 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27818 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27819 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27820 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27821 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27822 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27823 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27824 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27825 display (non-nil means on).
27827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27829 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27830 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27831 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27832 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27833 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27834 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27835 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27836 this function is called within a day.
27838 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27839 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27840 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27841 discover the name of the project.
27843 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27845 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27846 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27847 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27848 begun during the last time segment.
27850 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27851 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27852 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27853 discover the reason.
27855 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27857 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27858 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27859 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27860 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27861 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27863 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27865 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27866 Change to working on a different project.
27867 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27868 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27869 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27870 working on.
27872 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27874 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27875 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27876 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27878 \(fn)" nil nil)
27880 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27881 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27882 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27884 \(fn)" t nil)
27886 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27887 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27888 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27889 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27890 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27891 \"relative to today\".
27893 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27895 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27896 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27897 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27898 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27900 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27902 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27903 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27904 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27905 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27906 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27907 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27909 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27911 ;;;***
27913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27914 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
27915 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27917 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27918 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27919 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27920 the generated Quail package is saved.
27922 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27924 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27925 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27926 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27927 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27928 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27929 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27930 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27932 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27934 ;;;***
27936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
27937 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27938 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27939 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27941 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27942 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27943 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27944 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27945 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27947 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27948 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27949 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27951 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27953 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27954 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27955 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27956 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27957 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27959 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27961 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27962 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27963 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27964 in the menu in two ways:
27965 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27966 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27967 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27969 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27970 keymap or an alist of alists.
27971 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27972 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27974 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27976 ;;;***
27978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21204
27979 ;;;;;; 37210 187838 0))
27980 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27982 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27983 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27985 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27986 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27987 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27988 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27989 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27990 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27991 file was last visited.
27993 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27994 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27995 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27996 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27997 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27998 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27999 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28000 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28001 for the first item.
28003 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28004 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28005 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28006 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28007 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28008 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28009 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28010 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28012 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28013 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28014 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28015 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28016 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28018 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28019 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28021 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28023 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28024 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28026 \\{todo-mode-map}
28028 \(fn)" t nil)
28030 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28031 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28033 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28035 \(fn)" t nil)
28037 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28038 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28040 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28042 \(fn)" t nil)
28044 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.todo\\'" . todo-mode))
28046 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.toda\\'" . todo-archive-mode))
28048 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.tod[tyr]\\'" . todo-filtered-items-mode))
28050 ;;;***
28052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21187 63826 213216
28053 ;;;;;; 0))
28054 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28056 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28057 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28058 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28062 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28063 Add an item to the tool bar.
28064 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28065 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28066 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28067 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28069 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28070 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28071 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28072 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28074 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28075 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28077 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28079 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28080 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28081 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28082 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28083 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28084 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28086 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28087 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28088 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28089 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28091 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28093 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28094 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28095 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28096 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28097 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28098 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28099 properties to add to the binding.
28101 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28103 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28104 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28106 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28108 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28109 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28110 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28111 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28112 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28113 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28114 properties to add to the binding.
28116 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28117 holds a keymap.
28119 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28121 ;;;***
28123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21187 63826
28124 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28126 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28128 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28129 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28130 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28131 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28132 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28133 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28135 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28137 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28138 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28139 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28140 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28141 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28145 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28147 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28148 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28150 \(fn)" t nil)
28152 ;;;***
28154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21187
28155 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28156 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28158 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28159 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28161 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28162 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28163 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28164 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28165 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28167 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28168 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28169 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28170 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28171 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28173 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28174 (tpu-edt)
28176 Known Problems:
28178 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28179 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28180 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28181 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28182 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28183 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28185 \(fn)" t nil)
28187 ;;;***
28189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21187 63826 213216
28190 ;;;;;; 0))
28191 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28193 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28194 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28195 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28196 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28197 to a tcp server on another machine.
28199 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28201 ;;;***
28203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21227 34360
28204 ;;;;;; 69622 0))
28205 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28207 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28208 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28210 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28212 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28213 Helper function to get internal values.
28214 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28216 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28218 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28219 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28220 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28221 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28223 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28224 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28225 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28226 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28227 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28229 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28230 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28231 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28232 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28234 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28236 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28238 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28239 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28240 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28241 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28243 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28245 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28247 ;;;***
28249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21209 55410 356925
28250 ;;;;;; 0))
28251 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28253 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28254 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28255 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28257 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28259 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28260 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28262 It can have the following values:
28264 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28265 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28267 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28269 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28270 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28271 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28272 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28274 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28276 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28277 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28278 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28279 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28281 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28282 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28283 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28284 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28285 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28286 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28287 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28288 files which are not really Tramp files.
28290 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28291 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28292 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28293 updated after changing this variable.
28295 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28297 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28298 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28299 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28300 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28302 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28304 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28305 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28306 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28307 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28309 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28310 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28311 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28313 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28314 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28315 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28316 updated after changing this variable.
28318 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28320 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28321 Alist of completion handler functions.
28322 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28323 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28324 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28326 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28327 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28328 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28329 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28331 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28332 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28333 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28334 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28336 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28337 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28338 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28340 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28342 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28343 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28344 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28346 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28347 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28349 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28351 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28354 \(fn)" nil nil)
28356 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28357 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28359 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28361 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28362 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28364 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28366 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28367 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28369 \(fn)" t nil)
28371 ;;;***
28373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21187 63826
28374 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28375 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28377 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28380 \(fn)" nil nil)
28382 ;;;***
28384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21187 63826 213216
28385 ;;;;;; 0))
28386 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28388 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28389 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28390 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28391 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28392 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28393 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28394 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28395 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28397 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28398 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28399 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28401 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28402 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28403 resumed later.
28405 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28407 ;;;***
28409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28410 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28411 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28413 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28416 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28418 ;;;***
28420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21187
28421 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28422 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28423 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28424 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28425 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28427 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28428 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28429 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28430 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28431 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28432 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28433 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28435 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28437 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28438 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28439 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28440 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28442 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28444 \(fn)" t nil)
28446 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28447 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28448 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28449 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28450 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28451 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28452 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28454 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28455 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28457 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28458 \\___/\\
28459 / \\
28460 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28462 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28464 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28466 ;;;***
28468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21222 16439 978802
28469 ;;;;;; 0))
28470 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28472 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28473 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28474 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28476 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28477 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28479 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28481 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28482 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28483 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28485 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28486 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28487 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28488 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28489 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28490 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28491 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28493 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28494 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28496 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28497 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28498 reset the keystroke counter.
28500 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28501 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28502 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28503 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28505 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28506 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28507 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28508 `type-break-schedule' command.
28510 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28511 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28512 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28513 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28514 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28515 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28516 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28517 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28518 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28520 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28521 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28522 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28523 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28524 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28526 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28527 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28528 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28529 approximate good values for this.
28531 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28532 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28534 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28535 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28536 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28537 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28538 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28539 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28541 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28542 a typing break occur. They include:
28544 `type-break-query-mode'
28545 `type-break-query-function'
28546 `type-break-query-interval'
28548 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28550 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28551 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28552 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28553 problems.
28555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28557 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28558 Take a typing break.
28560 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28561 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28563 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28564 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28566 \(fn)" t nil)
28568 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28569 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28570 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28571 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28573 \(fn)" t nil)
28575 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28576 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28578 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28579 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28580 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28581 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28582 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28583 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28584 average typing speed.)
28586 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28587 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28588 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28589 the computed maximum threshold.
28591 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28592 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28593 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28594 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28595 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28597 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28599 ;;;***
28601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21199 54969 178188 0))
28602 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28604 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28605 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28606 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28607 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28608 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28610 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28612 ;;;***
28614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28615 ;;;;;; (21194 37048 599945 0))
28616 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28618 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28619 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28621 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28623 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28624 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28626 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28628 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28629 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28631 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28633 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28634 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28636 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28638 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28639 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28641 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28643 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28644 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28646 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28648 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28649 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28651 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28653 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28654 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28656 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28658 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28659 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28661 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28663 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28664 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28666 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28668 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28669 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28671 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28673 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28674 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28676 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28678 ;;;***
28680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21187
28681 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28682 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28684 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28685 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28686 Works by overstriking underscores.
28687 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28688 which specify the range to operate on.
28690 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28692 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28693 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28694 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28695 which specify the range to operate on.
28697 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28699 ;;;***
28701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21199 54969 178188
28702 ;;;;;; 0))
28703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28705 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28706 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28707 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28708 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28709 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28710 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28712 \(fn)" nil nil)
28714 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28715 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28716 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28718 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28720 ;;;***
28722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21187 63826
28723 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28726 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28727 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28728 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28729 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28731 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28733 ;;;***
28735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
28736 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28738 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28739 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28740 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28741 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28742 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28744 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28745 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28746 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28747 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28748 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28749 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28751 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28752 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28753 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28755 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28756 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28757 the callback is not called).
28759 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28760 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28761 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28762 take effect.
28764 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28765 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28766 the server.
28767 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28768 URL-encoded before it's used.
28770 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28772 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28773 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28774 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28775 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28776 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28778 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28780 ;;;***
28782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21187 63826 213216
28783 ;;;;;; 0))
28784 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28786 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28787 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28788 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28790 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28791 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28792 `url-generic-parse-url'
28793 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28794 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28795 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28796 realm
28797 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28798 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28799 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28800 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28801 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28802 what type of auth to use
28803 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28804 if one cannot be found in the cache
28806 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28808 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28809 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28811 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28812 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28813 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28814 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28815 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28816 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28817 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28818 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28820 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28822 ;;;***
28824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21187 63826
28825 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28826 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28828 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28829 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28831 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28833 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28834 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28835 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28837 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28839 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28840 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28842 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28844 ;;;***
28846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21187 63826 213216
28847 ;;;;;; 0))
28848 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28850 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28853 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28855 ;;;***
28857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21187 63826 213216
28858 ;;;;;; 0))
28859 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28861 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28862 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28863 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28865 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28867 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28868 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28869 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28870 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28872 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28873 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28874 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28875 though.
28877 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28879 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28880 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28881 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28883 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28885 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28888 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28890 ;;;***
28892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
28893 ;;;;;; 0))
28894 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28896 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28897 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28899 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28901 ;;;***
28903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21187 63826 213216
28904 ;;;;;; 0))
28905 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28907 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28908 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28910 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28912 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28913 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28914 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28915 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28916 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28918 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28920 ;;;***
28922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21187
28923 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28926 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28927 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28928 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28930 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28931 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28933 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28935 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28936 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28937 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28938 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28939 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28943 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28944 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28945 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28946 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28948 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28950 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28951 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28952 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28953 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28954 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28955 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28956 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28957 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28958 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28959 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28961 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28963 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28964 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28965 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28966 accessible.
28968 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28970 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28973 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28975 ;;;***
28977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21197 39236 714874
28978 ;;;;;; 0))
28979 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28980 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28982 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28983 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28984 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28985 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28986 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28988 ;;;***
28990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28991 ;;;;;; 0))
28992 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28994 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28997 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28999 ;;;***
29001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21187 63826 213216
29002 ;;;;;; 0))
29003 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29005 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29006 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29007 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29008 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29009 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29011 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29013 ;;;***
29015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21187 63826
29016 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29017 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29019 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29022 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29024 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29025 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29027 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29029 ;;;***
29031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21187 63826 213216
29032 ;;;;;; 0))
29033 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29035 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29036 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29038 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29040 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29041 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29043 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29045 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29048 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29050 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29052 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29054 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29056 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29057 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29059 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29061 ;;;***
29063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21187 63826 213216
29064 ;;;;;; 0))
29065 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29067 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29070 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29072 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29075 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29077 ;;;***
29079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21187 63826 213216
29080 ;;;;;; 0))
29081 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29083 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29086 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29088 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29091 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29093 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29096 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29098 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29101 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29103 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29106 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29108 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29111 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29113 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29116 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29118 ;;;***
29120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21187 63826
29121 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29122 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29124 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29125 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29127 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29129 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29130 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29131 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29133 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29134 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29135 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29136 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29137 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29138 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29139 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29140 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29141 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29142 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29143 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29144 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29145 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29146 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29148 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29149 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29150 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29152 Here is an example. The URL
29154 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29156 parses to
29158 TYPE = \"foo\"
29159 USER = \"bob\"
29160 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29161 HOST = \"example.com\"
29162 PORTSPEC = 42
29163 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29164 TARGET = \"nose\"
29165 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29166 FULLNESS = t
29168 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29170 ;;;***
29172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21187 63826
29173 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29174 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29176 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29177 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29179 \(fn)" t nil)
29181 ;;;***
29183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21193 16180
29184 ;;;;;; 875828 0))
29185 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29187 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29188 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29189 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29190 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29191 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29192 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29194 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29196 ;;;***
29198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21187 63826 213216
29199 ;;;;;; 0))
29200 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29202 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29203 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29204 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29206 If t, all messages will be logged.
29207 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29208 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29210 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29212 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29215 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29217 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29220 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29222 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29223 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29224 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29225 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29226 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29227 & ==> &amp;
29228 < ==> &lt;
29229 > ==> &gt;
29230 \" ==> &quot;
29232 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29234 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29235 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29236 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29238 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29240 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29241 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29242 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29244 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29246 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29247 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29249 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29251 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29252 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29254 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29256 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29257 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29259 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29261 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29264 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29266 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29269 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29271 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29273 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29274 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29276 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29278 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29279 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29281 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29283 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29286 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29288 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29289 Build a query-string.
29291 Given a QUERY in the form:
29292 '((key1 val1)
29293 (key2 val2)
29294 (key3 val1 val2)
29295 (key4)
29296 (key5 \"\"))
29298 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29300 This will return a string
29301 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29302 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29303 be used.
29305 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29307 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29308 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29310 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29312 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29313 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29314 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29315 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29316 forbidden in URL encoding.
29318 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29320 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29321 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29322 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29323 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29324 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29325 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29327 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29328 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29329 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29330 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29332 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29334 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29335 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29336 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29337 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29338 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29339 should return it unchanged.
29341 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29343 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29344 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29345 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29346 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29348 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29350 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29351 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29352 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29354 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29356 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29357 View the current document's URL.
29358 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29359 the minibuffer.
29361 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29363 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29365 ;;;***
29367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21187 63826 213216
29368 ;;;;;; 0))
29369 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29371 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29372 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29373 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29374 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29375 to refrain from editing the file
29376 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29377 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29378 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29379 in any way you like.
29381 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29383 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29384 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29385 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29386 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29387 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29389 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29390 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29392 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29394 ;;;***
29396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21187 63826
29397 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29398 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29400 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29403 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29405 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29408 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29410 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29413 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29415 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29418 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29420 ;;;***
29422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
29423 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29425 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29426 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29428 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29430 ;;;***
29432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21187 63826
29433 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29436 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29437 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29438 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29439 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29441 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29443 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29444 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29445 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29447 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29449 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29450 Uudecode region between START and END.
29451 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29453 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29455 ;;;***
29457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
29458 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29460 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29461 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29462 See `run-hooks'.")
29464 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29466 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29467 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29468 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29470 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29472 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29473 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29474 See `run-hooks'.")
29476 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29478 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29479 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29480 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29481 same state. If not, signal an error.
29483 For merging-based version control systems:
29484 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29485 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29486 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29487 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29488 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29489 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29491 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29492 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29493 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29494 the file(s) for editing.
29495 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29496 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29497 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29498 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29499 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29500 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29502 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29504 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29505 Register into a version control system.
29506 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29507 Otherwise register the current file.
29508 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29509 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29511 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29512 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29513 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29514 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29515 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29516 first backend that could register the file is used.
29518 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29520 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29521 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29523 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29525 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29526 Display diffs between file revisions.
29527 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29528 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29529 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29531 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29532 saving the buffer.
29534 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29536 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29537 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29538 repository history using ediff.
29540 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29542 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29543 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29544 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29545 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29546 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29548 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29549 saving the buffer.
29551 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29553 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29554 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29555 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29556 fileset with the working revision.
29557 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29558 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29560 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29561 saving the buffer.
29563 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29565 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29566 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29567 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29568 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29570 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29572 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29573 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29574 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29575 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29577 \(fn)" t nil)
29579 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29580 Perform a version control merge operation.
29581 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29582 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29583 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29584 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29586 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29587 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29588 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29589 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29590 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29591 changes from the current branch.
29593 \(fn)" t nil)
29595 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29597 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29598 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29599 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29600 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29601 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29602 checked out in that new branch.
29604 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29606 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29607 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29608 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29609 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29610 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29611 allowed and simply skipped).
29613 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29615 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29616 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29617 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29618 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29619 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29621 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29622 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29624 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29626 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29627 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29628 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29629 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29630 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29632 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29634 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29635 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29636 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29638 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29640 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29641 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29642 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29644 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29646 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29647 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29648 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29649 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29651 \(fn)" t nil)
29653 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29654 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29655 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29656 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29658 \(fn)" t nil)
29660 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29662 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29663 Update the current fileset or branch.
29664 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29665 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29666 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29667 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29669 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29670 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29671 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29672 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29673 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29677 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29679 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29680 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29681 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29682 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29683 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29684 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29685 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29687 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29689 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29690 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29691 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29692 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29693 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29694 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29695 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29696 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29697 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29699 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29701 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29702 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29703 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29704 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29706 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29708 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29709 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29710 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29711 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29713 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29715 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29716 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29717 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29718 directory.
29720 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29722 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29723 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29724 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29726 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29727 log entries should be gathered.
29729 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29731 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29732 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29734 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29736 ;;;***
29738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21187 63826
29739 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29740 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29742 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29743 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29745 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29746 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29747 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29748 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29749 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29750 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29752 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29753 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29754 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29755 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29756 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29757 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29758 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29759 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29761 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29763 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29765 Customization variables:
29767 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29768 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29769 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29770 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29772 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29774 ;;;***
29776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21187 63826 213216
29777 ;;;;;; 0))
29778 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29779 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29780 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29781 (progn
29782 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29783 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29785 ;;;***
29787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21187 63826 213216
29788 ;;;;;; 0))
29789 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29791 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29792 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29794 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29795 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29796 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29797 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29798 (progn
29799 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29800 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29802 ;;;***
29804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29805 ;;;;;; 0))
29806 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29807 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29808 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29809 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29810 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29811 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29812 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29814 ;;;***
29816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21187 63826 213216
29817 ;;;;;; 0))
29818 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29820 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29821 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29822 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29823 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29824 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29826 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29827 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29828 The file lines appear later.
29830 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29831 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29833 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29835 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29837 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29839 ;;;***
29841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21187
29842 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
29843 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29845 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29846 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29847 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29848 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29849 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29850 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29851 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29852 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29853 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29854 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29855 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29856 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29857 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29858 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29859 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29861 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29863 ;;;***
29865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21215 9704 346293
29866 ;;;;;; 827000))
29867 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29868 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29869 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29870 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29871 (progn
29872 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29873 (vc-git-registered file))))
29875 ;;;***
29877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
29878 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29879 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29880 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29881 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29882 (progn
29883 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29884 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29886 ;;;***
29888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29889 ;;;;;; 0))
29890 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29892 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29893 Name of the monotone directory.")
29895 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29896 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29897 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29898 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29899 (progn
29900 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29901 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29903 ;;;***
29905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29906 ;;;;;; 0))
29907 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29909 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29910 Where to look for RCS master files.
29911 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29913 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29915 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29917 ;;;***
29919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29920 ;;;;;; 0))
29921 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29923 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29924 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29925 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29927 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29929 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29931 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29932 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29933 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29934 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29936 ;;;***
29938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29939 ;;;;;; 0))
29940 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29941 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29942 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29943 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29944 "_svn")
29945 (t ".svn"))))
29946 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29947 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29948 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29950 ;;;***
29952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21187
29953 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
29954 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29955 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29956 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29958 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29959 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29961 Usage:
29962 ------
29964 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29965 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29966 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29967 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29969 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29970 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29971 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29972 completions.
29974 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29975 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29977 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29978 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29980 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29981 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29982 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29984 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29987 Maintenance:
29988 ------------
29990 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29991 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29993 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29995 Official distribution is at
29996 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29999 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30000 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30002 Key bindings:
30003 -------------
30005 \\{vera-mode-map}
30007 \(fn)" t nil)
30009 ;;;***
30011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30012 ;;;;;; (21199 54969 178188 0))
30013 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30015 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30016 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30017 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30018 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30019 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30021 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30023 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30024 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30026 Supports highlighting.
30028 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30029 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30031 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30033 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30034 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30035 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30036 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30037 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30038 on the left side of your screen.
30039 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30040 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30041 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30042 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30043 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30044 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30045 function keyword.
30046 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30047 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30048 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30049 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30050 if (a)
30051 begin
30052 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30053 Indentation for case statements.
30054 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30055 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30056 mark after an end.
30057 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30058 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30059 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30060 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30061 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30062 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30063 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30064 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30065 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30066 if (a)
30067 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30068 otherwise you get:
30069 if (a)
30070 begin
30071 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30072 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30073 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30074 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30075 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30076 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30077 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30078 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30079 comments in tight quarters.
30080 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30081 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30083 Variables controlling other actions:
30085 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30086 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30087 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30089 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30091 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30093 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30094 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30095 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30097 Some other functions are:
30099 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30100 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30101 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30102 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30103 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30105 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30106 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30107 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30108 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30110 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30111 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30112 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30113 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30114 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30115 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30116 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30117 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30118 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30119 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30120 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30121 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30122 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30123 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30124 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30125 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30126 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30127 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30128 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30129 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30130 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30131 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30132 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30133 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30134 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30135 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30136 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30137 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30138 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30139 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30140 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30142 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30143 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30145 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30147 \(fn)" t nil)
30149 ;;;***
30151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21187
30152 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
30153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30155 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30156 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30158 Usage:
30159 ------
30161 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30162 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30163 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30164 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30165 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30166 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30167 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30168 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30169 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30171 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30172 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30173 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30174 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30176 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30177 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30178 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30179 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30180 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30182 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30183 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30186 HEADER INSERTION:
30187 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30188 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30189 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30192 STUTTERING:
30193 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30194 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30195 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30196 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30198 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30199 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30200 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30201 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30202 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30205 WORD COMPLETION:
30206 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30207 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30208 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30209 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30211 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30212 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30213 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30214 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30215 beginning with \"std\").
30217 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30218 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30219 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30220 stop.
30223 COMMENTS:
30224 `--' puts a single comment.
30225 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30226 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30227 with a comment in between.
30228 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30229 out following lines.
30230 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30231 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30232 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30233 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30235 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30236 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30237 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30238 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30239 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30240 non-nil.
30242 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30243 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30244 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30245 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30246 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30247 multi-line comments.
30250 INDENTATION:
30251 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30252 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30253 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30254 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30255 the entire region.
30257 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30258 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30259 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30260 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30262 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30263 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30264 and vice versa.
30266 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30267 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30269 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30270 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30271 line.
30274 ALIGNMENT:
30275 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30276 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30277 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30278 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30279 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30280 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30281 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30282 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30284 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30285 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30286 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30287 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30288 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30289 is non-nil.
30291 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30292 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30293 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30295 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30296 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30299 CODE FILLING:
30300 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30301 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30302 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30303 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30304 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30305 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30308 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30309 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30310 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30311 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30312 command:
30314 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30317 PORT TRANSLATION:
30318 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30319 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30320 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30321 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30322 internal signal initializations (menu).
30324 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30325 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30326 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30328 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30329 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30330 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30331 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30332 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30333 in subsequent paste operations.)
30335 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30336 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30337 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30340 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30341 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30342 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30343 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30344 association list with formals).
30347 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30348 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30349 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30350 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30351 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30352 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30353 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30354 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30355 `vhdl-testbench'.
30358 KEY BINDINGS:
30359 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30362 VHDL MENU:
30363 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30366 FILE BROWSER:
30367 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30368 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30369 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30371 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30372 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30375 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30376 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30377 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30378 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30380 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30381 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30382 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30384 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30385 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30386 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30387 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30389 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30390 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30391 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30392 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30393 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30395 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30396 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30397 required by secondary units.
30400 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30401 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30402 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30403 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30404 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30405 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30406 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30407 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30408 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30409 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30410 inputs to this component -> input port created
30411 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30412 outputs from this component -> output port created
30413 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30414 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30416 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30417 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30418 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30419 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30420 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30422 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30423 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30425 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30426 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30427 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30428 component instantiation is also supported (option
30429 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30431 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30432 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30433 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30434 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30435 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30436 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30437 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30438 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30439 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30440 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30441 generating the configuration.
30443 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30444 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30445 configurations in speedbar.
30447 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30450 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30451 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30452 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30453 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30454 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30455 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30456 information. New compilers can be added.
30458 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30459 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30462 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30463 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30464 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30465 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30466 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30468 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30469 command:
30471 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30472 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30473 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30475 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30476 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30477 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30478 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30479 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30480 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30481 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30482 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30483 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30485 Limitations:
30486 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30487 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30488 not (yet) supported.
30489 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30490 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30491 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30494 PROJECTS:
30495 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30496 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30497 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30498 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30499 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30500 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30501 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30502 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30504 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30505 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30506 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30507 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30508 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30509 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30510 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30511 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30512 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30513 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30514 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30517 SPECIAL MENUES:
30518 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30519 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30520 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30521 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30522 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30523 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30524 current directory for VHDL source files.
30527 VHDL STANDARDS:
30528 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30529 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30532 KEYWORD CASE:
30533 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30534 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30535 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30536 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30537 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30538 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30539 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30540 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30543 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30544 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30545 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30546 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30547 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30548 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30549 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30551 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30552 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30553 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30554 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30555 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30556 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30558 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30559 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30560 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30561 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30562 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30563 visually.
30565 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30566 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30567 highlighted if written in lower case.
30569 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30570 highlighted using a different background color if option
30571 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30573 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30574 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30575 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30576 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30577 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30580 USER MODELS:
30581 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30582 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30583 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30586 HIDE/SHOW:
30587 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30588 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30589 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30590 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30591 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30594 CODE UPDATING:
30595 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30596 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30597 Limitations:
30598 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30599 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30600 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30601 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30602 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30603 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30604 (used to obtain the port names).
30605 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30606 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30607 sensitivity lists.
30610 CODE FIXING:
30611 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30612 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30615 PRINTING:
30616 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30617 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30618 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30619 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30620 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30621 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30622 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30623 printers.
30626 OPTIONS:
30627 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30628 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30629 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30630 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30631 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30633 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30634 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30635 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30636 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30637 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30638 INSTALL file).
30640 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30641 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30644 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30645 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30646 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30647 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30649 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30652 HINTS:
30653 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30654 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30656 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30658 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30660 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30663 RELEASE NOTES:
30664 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30667 Maintenance:
30668 ------------
30670 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30671 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30673 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30675 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30676 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30677 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30678 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30680 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30681 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30682 where the latest version can be found.
30685 Known problems:
30686 ---------------
30688 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30689 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30690 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30691 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30694 The VHDL Mode Authors
30695 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30697 Key bindings:
30698 -------------
30700 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30702 \(fn)" t nil)
30704 ;;;***
30706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20929 34089 117790
30707 ;;;;;; 0))
30708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30710 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30711 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30712 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30713 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30715 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30716 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30717 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30718 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30719 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30721 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30722 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30724 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30726 * Limitations and unsupported features
30727 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30728 not supported.
30729 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30730 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30732 * Modifications
30733 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30734 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30735 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30736 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30737 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30738 for undoing a repeated change command.
30739 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30740 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30741 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30743 * Extensions
30744 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30745 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30746 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30747 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30748 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30749 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30750 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30751 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30753 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30755 \(fn)" t nil)
30757 ;;;***
30759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21187
30760 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
30761 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30763 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30764 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30766 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30768 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30769 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30770 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30771 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30773 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30775 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30776 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30778 \(fn)" t nil)
30780 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30781 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30782 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30783 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30785 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30787 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30788 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30790 \(fn)" t nil)
30792 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30795 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30797 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30800 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30802 ;;;***
30804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
30805 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30807 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30808 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30809 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30811 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30813 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30814 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30815 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30816 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30818 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30820 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30821 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30823 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30825 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30826 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30827 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30828 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30829 moving around in the buffer.
30830 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30831 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30833 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30835 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30837 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30838 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30839 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30840 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30842 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30843 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30844 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30845 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30846 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30848 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30850 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30852 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30853 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30854 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30855 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30856 buffer.
30858 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30859 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30860 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30861 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30862 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30864 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30866 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30868 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30869 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30870 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30871 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30872 moving around in the buffer.
30873 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30874 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30876 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30878 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30879 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30880 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30882 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30883 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30884 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30885 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30887 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30888 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30889 own View-like bindings.
30891 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30893 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30894 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30895 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30896 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30897 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30898 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30899 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30901 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30903 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30905 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30906 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30907 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30909 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30910 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30911 own View-like bindings.
30913 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30915 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30916 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30917 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30918 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30919 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30920 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30921 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30923 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30925 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30927 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30928 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30929 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30931 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30932 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30933 own View-like bindings.
30935 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30937 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30938 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30939 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30940 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30941 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30943 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30944 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30945 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30946 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30948 \\<view-mode-map>
30950 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30951 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30952 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30953 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30954 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30955 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30956 to a repeat count of one.
30958 H, h, ? This message.
30959 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30960 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30961 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30962 > move to the end of buffer.
30963 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30964 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30965 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30966 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30967 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30968 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30969 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30970 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30971 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30972 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30973 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30974 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30975 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30976 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30977 Use this to view a changing file.
30978 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30979 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30980 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30981 . set the mark.
30982 x exchanges point and mark.
30983 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30984 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30985 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30986 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30987 ' go to position saved in character register.
30988 s do forward incremental search.
30989 r do reverse incremental search.
30990 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30991 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30992 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30993 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30994 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30995 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30996 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30997 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30998 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30999 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31000 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31001 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31002 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31003 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31004 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31005 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31006 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31008 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31009 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31010 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31011 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31012 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31013 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31014 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31015 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31016 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31018 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31022 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31023 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31024 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31025 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31026 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31027 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31028 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31029 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31030 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31032 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31034 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31036 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31037 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31038 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31039 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31040 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31041 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31043 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31044 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31045 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31047 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31049 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31051 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31053 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31054 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31056 \(fn)" t nil)
31058 ;;;***
31060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21187 63826 213216
31061 ;;;;;; 0))
31062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31064 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31065 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31067 \(fn)" nil nil)
31069 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31070 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31072 \(fn)" t nil)
31074 ;;;***
31076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21222 16439 978802
31077 ;;;;;; 0))
31078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31079 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31081 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31082 Toggle Viper on/off.
31083 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31085 \(fn)" t nil)
31087 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31088 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31090 \(fn)" t nil)
31092 ;;;***
31094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21187
31095 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
31096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31098 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31099 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31100 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31101 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31102 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31103 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31104 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31105 the beginning of the warning.")
31107 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31108 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31109 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31110 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31111 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31112 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31113 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31114 also call that function before the next warning.")
31116 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31117 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31119 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31120 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31121 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31122 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31124 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31125 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31126 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31127 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31128 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31129 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31131 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31132 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31133 Default is :warning.
31135 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31136 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31137 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31138 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31139 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31140 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31142 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31143 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31144 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31146 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31148 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31149 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31151 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31153 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31154 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31155 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31156 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31158 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31159 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31160 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31161 can be whatever you like.)
31163 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31164 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31166 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31167 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31168 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31169 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31170 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31172 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31174 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31175 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31176 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31177 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31178 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31180 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31182 ;;;***
31184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31185 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31186 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31188 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31189 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31190 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31191 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31192 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31193 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31194 directories to reflect your edits.
31196 See `wdired-mode'.
31198 \(fn)" t nil)
31200 ;;;***
31202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21187 63826 213216
31203 ;;;;;; 0))
31204 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31206 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31207 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31209 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31210 hotlist.
31212 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31213 <nwv@acm.org>.
31215 \(fn)" t nil)
31217 ;;;***
31219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21187
31220 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
31221 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31222 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31223 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31225 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31227 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31228 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31229 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31231 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31232 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31234 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31236 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31237 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31238 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31239 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31240 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31242 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31243 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31244 in certain major modes.
31246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31248 ;;;***
31250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21222 47372 997188
31251 ;;;;;; 0))
31252 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31253 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31255 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31256 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31258 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31259 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31261 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31262 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31266 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31267 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31269 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31270 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31272 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31273 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31274 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31275 use `whitespace-mode'.
31277 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31281 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31282 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31283 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31284 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31285 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31286 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31288 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31290 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31291 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31292 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31293 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31294 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31296 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31297 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31301 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31302 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31303 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31304 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31305 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31306 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31308 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31310 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31311 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31313 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31314 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31316 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31317 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31318 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31319 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31321 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31325 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31326 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31328 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31329 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31331 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31332 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31334 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31336 CHAR MEANING
31337 (VIA FACES)
31338 f toggle face visualization
31339 t toggle TAB visualization
31340 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31341 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31342 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31343 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31344 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31345 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31346 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31347 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31348 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31349 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31350 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31351 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31352 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31353 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31354 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31356 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31357 T toggle TAB visualization
31358 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31359 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31361 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31362 ? display brief help
31364 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31365 The valid symbols are:
31367 face toggle face visualization
31368 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31369 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31370 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31371 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31372 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31373 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31374 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31375 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31376 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31377 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31378 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31379 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31380 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31381 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31382 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31383 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31385 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31386 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31387 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31389 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31391 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31393 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31395 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31396 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31398 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31399 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31401 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31402 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31404 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31406 CHAR MEANING
31407 (VIA FACES)
31408 f toggle face visualization
31409 t toggle TAB visualization
31410 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31411 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31412 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31413 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31414 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31415 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31416 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31417 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31418 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31419 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31420 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31421 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31422 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31423 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31424 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31426 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31427 T toggle TAB visualization
31428 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31429 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31431 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31432 ? display brief help
31434 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31435 The valid symbols are:
31437 face toggle face visualization
31438 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31439 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31440 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31441 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31442 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31443 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31444 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31445 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31446 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31447 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31448 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31449 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31450 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31451 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31452 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31453 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31455 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31456 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31457 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31459 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31461 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31463 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31465 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31466 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31468 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31469 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31470 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31471 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31472 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31474 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31476 The problems cleaned up are:
31478 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31479 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31480 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31481 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31483 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31484 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31485 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31486 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31487 SPACEs.
31488 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31489 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31490 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31491 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31493 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31494 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31495 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31496 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31497 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31498 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31499 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31500 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31502 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31503 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31504 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31506 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31507 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31508 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31509 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31510 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31511 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31512 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31513 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31515 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31516 documentation.
31518 \(fn)" t nil)
31520 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31521 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31523 The problems cleaned up are:
31525 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31526 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31527 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31528 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31529 SPACEs.
31530 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31531 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31532 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31533 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31535 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31536 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31537 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31538 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31539 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31540 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31541 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31542 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31544 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31545 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31546 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31548 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31549 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31550 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31551 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31552 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31553 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31554 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31555 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31557 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31558 documentation.
31560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31562 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31563 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31565 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31566 non-nil.
31568 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31569 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31570 `whitespace-style' to have:
31572 empty
31573 trailing
31574 indentation
31575 space-before-tab
31576 space-after-tab
31578 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31579 whitespace problems in buffer.
31581 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31583 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31584 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31585 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31586 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31587 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31588 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31589 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31591 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31592 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31593 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31594 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31595 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31596 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31597 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31599 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31600 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31601 cleaning up these problems.
31603 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31605 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31606 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31608 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31609 non-nil.
31611 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31612 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31613 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31615 empty
31616 indentation
31617 space-before-tab
31618 trailing
31619 space-after-tab
31621 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31622 whitespace problems in buffer.
31624 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31626 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31627 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31628 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31629 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31630 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31631 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31632 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31634 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31635 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31636 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31637 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31638 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31639 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31640 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31642 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31643 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31644 cleaning up these problems.
31646 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31648 ;;;***
31650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21187 63826 213216
31651 ;;;;;; 0))
31652 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31654 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31655 Browse the widget under point.
31657 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31659 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31660 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31662 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31664 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31665 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31667 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31669 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31670 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31671 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31672 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31673 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31677 ;;;***
31679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21197 43194 200483
31680 ;;;;;; 0))
31681 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31683 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31684 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31686 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31688 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31689 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31690 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31692 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31694 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31695 Create widget of TYPE.
31696 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31698 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31700 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31701 Delete WIDGET.
31703 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31705 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31706 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31708 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31710 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31711 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31712 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31713 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31715 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31716 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31718 \(fn)" nil nil)
31720 ;;;***
31722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21187 63826 213216
31723 ;;;;;; 0))
31724 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31726 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31727 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31728 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31729 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31730 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31731 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31732 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31736 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31737 Select the window above the current one.
31738 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31739 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31740 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31741 negative ARG) of the current window.
31742 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31746 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31747 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31748 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31749 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31750 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31751 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31752 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31756 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31757 Select the window below the current one.
31758 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31759 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31760 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31761 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31762 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31766 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31767 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31768 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31769 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31771 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31773 ;;;***
31775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31776 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31778 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31779 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31780 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31781 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31782 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31783 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31785 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31787 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31788 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31789 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31790 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31791 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31792 \\{winner-mode-map}
31794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31796 ;;;***
31798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21220 61111 156047 0))
31799 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31800 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31802 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31803 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31804 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31805 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31806 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31808 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31810 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31811 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31812 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31813 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31814 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31815 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31816 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31817 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31819 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31820 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31822 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31824 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31825 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31827 \(fn)" t nil)
31829 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31830 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31831 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31832 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31833 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31834 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31835 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31836 `woman' command for further details.
31838 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31840 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31841 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31843 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31845 ;;;***
31847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21187 63826
31848 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
31849 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31850 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31852 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31853 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31855 BUGS:
31856 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31857 are not implemented
31858 - Options for search and replace
31859 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31860 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31862 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31863 Emacs-like.
31865 \(fn)" t nil)
31867 ;;;***
31869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31870 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31872 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31873 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31874 Return the top node with all its children.
31875 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31877 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31878 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31879 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31881 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31883 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31884 namespace to URIs instead.
31886 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31887 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31889 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31891 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31893 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31895 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31896 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31897 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31898 not contain well-formed XML.
31900 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31901 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31902 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31903 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31904 element of the list.
31905 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31906 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31907 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31909 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31911 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31912 namespace to URIs instead.
31914 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31915 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31917 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31919 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31921 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31923 ;;;***
31925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21187 63826 213216
31926 ;;;;;; 0))
31927 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31929 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31930 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31931 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31932 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31933 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31934 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31935 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31936 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31937 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31938 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31940 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31942 ;;;***
31944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21187 63826 213216
31945 ;;;;;; 0))
31946 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31948 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31949 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31950 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31953 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31955 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31957 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31958 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31960 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31961 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31963 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31964 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31965 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31966 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31967 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31968 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31972 ;;;***
31974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31977 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31978 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31980 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31982 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31983 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31985 \(fn)" nil nil)
31987 ;;;***
31989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31990 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31992 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31993 Zone out, completely.
31995 \(fn)" t nil)
31997 ;;;***
31999 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21228 55244 661375
32205 ;;;;;; 865000))
32207 ;;;***
32209 (provide 'loaddefs)
32210 ;; Local Variables:
32211 ;; version-control: never
32212 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32213 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32214 ;; coding: utf-8
32215 ;; End:
32216 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here